Honeywell Video Gaming Accessories W7750A User Manual

Fig. 1. Typical system overview. ................................................................................................................................................

Fig. 2. Typical W7750 control application. .................................................................................................................................

Fig. 3. Excel 10 W7750A Constant Volume AHU Controller. ..................................................................................................... 12

Fig. 4. W7750A construction in in. (mm). ................................................................................................................................... 13

Fig. 5. Excel 10 W7750B Constant Volume AHU Controller. ..................................................................................................... 14

Fig. 6. Excel 10 W7750C Constant Volume AHU Controller. .................................................................................................... 15

Fig. 7. W7750B,C construction in in. (mm). W7750C (shown) has three 4 to 20 mA analog outputs.) ..................................... 16

Fig. 8. DIN rail adapters. ............................................................................................................................................................ 17

Fig. 9. Functional profile of LONMARK® RTU object details (variables not implemented in Excel 10 CVAHU

are greyed)........................................................................................................................................................................ 18

Fig. 10. T7770A,B,C,D construction in in. (mm). ....................................................................................................................... 20

Fig. 11. T7560A,B construction in in. (mm). ............................................................................................................................... 21

Fig. 12. C7770A construction in in. (mm). .................................................................................................................................. 21

Fig. 13. Fan with two stages of heating and two stages

of cooling........................................................................................................................................................................... 24

Fig. 14. Fan, modulating heating and modulating cooling. ......................................................................................................... 24

Fig. 15. Heat pump with two compressors and auxiliary heat stage(s)....................................................................................... 25

Fig. 16. Economizer control. ...................................................................................................................................................... 25

Fig. 17. Modulating heat with pneumatic valve actuator............................................................................................................. 26

Fig. 18. Connecting the portable operator terminal

to the LONWORKS® Bus..................................................................................................................................................... 29

Fig. 19. Wiring layout for one doubly terminated daisy-chain LONWORKS® Bus segment. ........................................................ 31

Fig. 20. Wiring layout for two singly terminated LONWORKS® Bus segments............................................................................. 32

Fig. 21. NEMA class 2 transformer voltage output limits............................................................................................................ 34

Fig. 22. Power wiring details for one Excel 10 per transformer. ................................................................................................. 34

Fig. 23. Power wiring details for two or more Excel 10s per transformer. .................................................................................. 34

Fig. 24. Transformer power wiring details for one Excel 10 used in UL 1995 equipment (U.S. only)......................................... 35

Fig. 25. Attaching two or more wires at terminal blocks.............................................................................................................. 36

Fig. 26. W7750B High-Side/Low-Side selectable switching and jumper location ....................................................................... 36

Fig. 27. Typical W7750A Controller AHU application wiring diagram. (For more information on note 2,

refer to Fig. 25.)................................................................................................................................................................ 38

Fig. 28. Typical W7750A Controller with separate transformer application wiring diagram.

(For more information on note 2, refer to Fig. 25.) ............................................................................................................ 38

Fig. 29. W7750A Controller floating economizer damper wiring diagram. (For more information on note 2, refer to Fig. 25.)... 39

Fig. 30. Typical W7750B Controller with staged heating and cooling wiring diagram. (For more information on note 2, refer to Fig.

25.).................................................................................................................................................................................... 40

Fig. 31. W7750B Controller with floating heating, cooling and economizer wiring diagram. (For more information on note 2, refer

to Fig. 25.)......................................................................................................................................................................... 40

Fig. 32. W7750B,C Controller PWM damper actuator wiring diagram. (For more information on note 2, refer to

Fig. 25.)............................................................................................................................................................................. 41

Fig. 33. W7750B,C wiring diagram with 4 to 20 mA enthalpy sensors and digital inputs. (For more information on note 2, refer to

Fig. 25.)............................................................................................................................................................................. 41

Fig. 34. W7750B,C wiring diagram with C7600C 4 to 20 mA solid state humidity sensor. (For more information on note 2, refer to

Fig. 25.)............................................................................................................................................................................. 42

Fig. 35. W7750C Controller with 4-to-20 mA heating, cooling and economizer wiring diagram. AOs must use terminals 16, 17 or

18. The AOs can be set to be reverse acting. (For more information on note 2, refer to Fig. 25.).................................... 42

Fig. 36. Pneumatic transducer to W7750B,C

(B shown, see triangle note 4). ......................................................................................................................................... 43

Fig. 37. RP7517,B pneumatic transducer to W7750C................................................................................................................ 43

Fig. 38. Typical doubly terminated daisy-chain LONWORKS® Bus segment termination module wiring diagram. ..................... 44

Fig. 39. LONWORKS® Bus termination wiring options. ............................................................................................................... 45

Fig. 40. Temperature sensor resistance plots............................................................................................................................. 49

Fig. 41. Location of the Service Pin Button................................................................................................................................. 50

Fig. 42. LED location on W7750................................................................................................................................................. 51

Fig. 43. The T7770C,D Wall Modules LED and Bypass pushbutton locations........................................................................... 51

Fig. 44. The T7560A,B Digital Wall Module Bypass pushbutton location................................................................................... 51

Fig. 45. LED and Bypass pushbutton operation. ....................................................................................................................... 56

Fig. 46. Setpoint ramping parameters with ramp rate calculation............................................................................................... 57

Fig. 47. Setpoint ramping parameters with setpoint calculation.................................................................................................. 58

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Fig. 48. Setpoint ramping parameters with ramp rate calculation ............................................................................................... 58

Fig. 49. Schematic diagram for a typical W7750B Unit. ............................................................................................................. 59

Fig. 50. Staged output control versus PID Error. ....................................................................................................................... 60

Fig. 51. Point capacity estimate for Zone Manager. ..................................................................................................................1 09

Fig. 52. Graph of Sensor Resistance versus Temperature......................................................................................................... 110

Fig. 53. Graph of Sensor Resistance versus Temperature......................................................................................................... 110

Fig. 54. Graph of Sensor Resistance versus Temperature......................................................................................................... 111

Fig. 55. Graph of Sensor Resistance versus Temperature......................................................................................................... 111

Fig. 56. Graph of Sensor Resistance versus Temperature......................................................................................................... 112

Fig. 57. Graph of Sensor Voltage versus Humidity ..................................................................................................................... 112

Fig. 58. C7600C output current vs. humidity............................................................................................................................... 112

Fig. 59. Graph of Sensor Current versus Enthalpy (volts). ......................................................................................................... 113

Fig. 60. Partial psychometric chart for a C7400A Solid State Enthalpy Sensor. ........................................................................1 14

Fig. 61. C7400A Solid State Enthalpy Sensor output current vs. relative humidity. ................................................................... 114

Fig. 62. Graph of Sensor Voltage versus CO2 concentration ..................................................................................................... 115

Fig. 63. Graph of Sensor Voltage versus input Voltage to A/D .................................................................................................. 115

Fig. 64. Graph of Sensor Voltage (Vdc) versus Pressure (Inw).................................................................................................. 116

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

List of Tables

Table 1. Agency Listing. .............................................................................................................................................................

Table 2. List of Differences in W7750A and W7750B,C Controllers........................................................................................... 11

Table 3. Common Configuration Options Summary For W7750A,B,C Controllers..................................................................... 22

Table 4. Configuration Options Summary For W7750A,B,C Controllers. ................................................................................... 23

Table 5. Modes Of Operation For The Excel 10 W7750 Controller . .......................................................................................... 27

Table 6. Application Steps .......................................................................................................................................................... 29

Table 7. LONWORKS® Bus Configuration Rules And Device Node Numbers............................................................................. 30

Table 8. VA Ratings For Transformer Sizing. ............................................................................................................................. 33

Table 9. Field Wiring Reference Table (Honeywell listed as AK#### or equivalent).................................................................. 36

Table 10. W7750A Version I/O Description. ............................................................................................................................... 37

Table 11. Excel 10 W7750 Controller Ordering Information. ...................................................................................................... 46

Table 12. Excel 10 Alarms .......................................................................................................................................................... 49

Table 14. Common Configuration Options Summary For W7750A,B,C Controllers................................................................... 53

Table 15. Configuration Options Summary For W7750A,B,C Controllers. ................................................................................. 54

Table 16. Bypass Pushbutton Operation .................................................................................................................................... 55

Table 17. Interstage Minimum Times.......................................................................................................................................... 60

Table 18. Excel 10 W7750 Controller User

Address Point Types................................................................................................................................................................... 62

Table 20. Input/Output Points ..................................................................................................................................................... 67

Table 21. Control Parameters..................................................................................................................................................... 73

Table 22. Energy Management Points........................................................................................................................................ 78

Table 23. Status Points............................................................................................................................................................... 81

Table 24. Calibration Points........................................................................................................................................................ 93

Table 25. Configuration Parameters ........................................................................................................................................... 94

Table 26. LONMARK®/Open System Points. ............................................................................................................................... 97

Table 27. Direct Access And Special Points............................................................................................................................... 106

Table 28. Data Share Points....................................................................................................................................................... 108

Table 29. Sensor Resistance Versus Temperature .................................................................................................................... 110

Table 30. Sensor Resistance Versus Temperature .................................................................................................................... 110

Table 31. Sensor Resistance Versus Temperature .................................................................................................................... 111

Table 32. Sensor Resistance Versus Temperature .................................................................................................................... 111

Table 33. Sensor Resistance Versus Temperature .................................................................................................................... 111

Table 34. Sensor Voltage Versus Humidity. ............................................................................................................................... 112

Table 35. Sensor Voltage Versus Humidity. ............................................................................................................................... 112

Table 36. Sensor Current Versus Enthalpy (volts)...................................................................................................................... 113

Table 37. Sensor Voltage Versus CO2 Concentration. .............................................................................................................. 115

Table 38. Sensor Voltage Versus Input Voltage To A/D............................................................................................................. 115

Table 39. Sensor Voltage (Vdc) Versus Pressure (Inw). ............................................................................................................ 116

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Excel 10 W7750A,B,C Constant Volume AHU Controller

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

LONWORKS network (LONWORKS Bus) for communications,

and conforms with the LONMARK HVAC Interoperability

standard for Roof Top Unit Controllers (see Fig. 9).

INTRODUCTION

Description of Devices

The T7770 or T7560 direct-wired Wall Modules are used in

conjunction with W7750 Controllers. The zone controlled by

the W7750 Controller typically can use a T7770A through D or

a T7560A,B Wall Module. Additional features available in

T7770A through D models include analog setpoint input knob,

override digital input pushbutton, override status LED and

LONWORKS Bus network access jack. Additional features

available in T7560A,B models include analog setpoint input

knob, override digital input pushbutton, humidity sensor

(T7650B model), override status LCD and digital display.

The W7750 is the Constant Volume Air Handling Unit

(CVAHU) Controller in the Excel 10 product line family. The

CVAHU is a LONMARK compliant device designed to control

single zone and heat pump air handlers. W7750 systems

control the space temperature in a given zone by regulating

the heating and cooling equipment in the air handler that

delivers air to that space. The W7750 air handler is typically

an all-in-one constant air volume packaged unit, located on

the roof of the building. In addition to standard heating and

cooling control, the W7750 provides many options and

advanced system features that allow state-of-the-art

commercial building control. The W7750 Controller is capable

of stand-alone operation; however, optimum functional

benefits are achieved when the network communication

The Q7750A Excel 10 Zone Manager is a communications

interface that allows devices on the LONWORKS Bus network

to communicate with devices on the standard EXCEL 5000

System C-Bus. Fig. 1 shows an overview of a typical system

layout. The Q7750A also provides some control and

monitoring functions.

capabilities are used. The W7750 utilizes the Echelon

Q7752A

C-BUS COMMUNICATION NETWORK

LONWORKS BUS

SERIAL

ADAPTER

EXCEL 10

Q7750A

PERSONAL COMPUTER TOOLS

E-VISION

CARE

ZONE

MANAGER

EXCEL 500

EXCEL BUILDING SUPERVISOR

C-BUS TO LONWORKS BUS

INTERFACE DEVICE

Q7740A

2-WAY

LONWORKS-BUS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK

LONWORKS BUS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK

REPEATER

EXCEL 10

W7750B

CVAHU

EXCEL 10 W7751F

PANEL PLENUM

MOUNT VERSION

VARIABLE AIR VOLUME

CONTROLLER

Q7751A

FTT

LONWORKS BUS

ROUTER

EXCEL 10 T7770

WALL MODULE

EXCEL 10 T7560A, B

WALL MODULE

M17487

Fig. 1. Typical system overview.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

The W7750 can control staged or modulating heating and

cooling coils, mixed air economizer dampers, and the system

fan. Control of heat pump units, where the compressor(s) is

used for both cooling and heating, is also provided. The zone

the W7750 services can use a T7770 or T7650 for space

temperature sensing and an LONWORKS Bus network access

for users. Fig. 2 shows a typical W7750 control application.

Control Application

W7750 systems in commercial buildings typically incorporate

a packaged air handler system that delivers a constant

volume of air at preconditioned temperatures to the zone

being served. Each zone is usually serviced by a separate

AHU; however, sometimes two or more AHUs service the

same zone. Note that the W7750 is not designed to control

Variable Air Volume (VAV) air handlers or Multi-Zone air

handlers, where one air handler simultaneously controls the

space temperature in many zones.

OA TEMP

HEAT

COIL

COOL

COIL

FILTER

FAN

OUTDOOR

AIR

EXCEL 10

W7750

CVAHU

DA TEMP

RA TEMP

ROOF

CEILING

OCCUPANCY

SENSOR

RETURN

AIR

DISCHARGE

AIR

T7770 OR T7560A,B

M17488

WINDOW CONTACT

Fig. 2. Typical W7750 control application.

one of ten strategies based on the inputs. For more details,

see Appendix B—Sequences of Operation. When the

economizer position is controlled from the W7750, the

minimum position setting (for ventilation requirements) can be

adjusted based on indoor air quality (IAQ) needs in the space.

Control Provided

The W7750 Controller is designed to control a single air

handler to maintain the units space temperature at the current

setpoint. Heating and cooling control is provided for either

staged or modulating equipment. Up to four stages of

mechanical cooling and up to four stages of heating are

allowed. Modulating outputs can be either floating type such

as a Series 60 control, or Pulse Width Modulated (PWM

W7750B,C only) control.

IAQ monitoring is provided through either a CO sensor or a

digital input from a space-mounted IAQ limit switch.

For heat pump configurations, up to four compressors can be

controlled, along with up to four stages of auxiliary heat, and a

heat/cool change over valve. Including the supply fan, the

combination of these items may not exceed eight outputs if a

W7750B,C is used, or six outputs for a W7750A. (The eight

outputs on the W7750C consist of five digital and three analog

outputs.)

The economizer dampers can be controlled directly with

floating or PWM outputs, or indirectly using a digital output as

an enable/disable signal to a packaged economizer controller.

The economizer enable function, which decides when to allow

outdoor air to be used for free cooling, can be configured to

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Like the W7751 VAV Box Controller, the W7750 Controller can

monitor a space-mounted occupancy sensor, and a door/

window contact. These inputs affect the operational mode of

the controller (see Table 5 for a list of all possible modes of

operation).

Form No.

Title

74-2956

74-2697

74-3097

74-2950

Excel 10 W7750A,B,C Controller Specification

Data

Excel 10 T7770A,B,C,D,E,F,G Wall Module

Specification Data

The W7750 Controller allows other controllers in the system to

use the W7750s physical inputs and outputs. A digital input

and an analog input can be configured to read switch states

and voltage sensor values, respectively, and send them out

over the LONWORKS Bus network. The Q7750A Zone

Manager can use these values in custom control strategies.

Additionally, two of the W7750 digital outputs are available for

control program use. These outputs only respond to signals

sent over the network, and are not controlled by the W7750

internal control algorithms.

T7560A,B Digital Wall Module Specification

Data

Excel 10 Q7750A, Zone Manager Specification

Data

74-2952

74-2954

Excel 10 Q7751A,B Router Specification Data

Excel 10 Q7752A Serial Interface Specification

Data

Products Covered

This System Engineering Guide describes how to apply the

Excel 10 family of W7750 CVAHU Controllers and related

accessories to typical applications. The specific devices

covered include:

74-3067

74-2858

74-2951

95-7521

95-7538

95-7620

95-7509

95-7510

95-7511

95-7613

95-7555

95-7554

Q7752B PCMCIA LONWORKS PCC-10 Card

Specification Data

Excel 10 Q7740A,B FTT Repeaters

Specification Data

•

W7750A,B,C Controllers.

T7770A through D Wall Modules.

T7560A,B Wall Modules.

Q7750A Excel 10 Zone Manager.

Q7751A,B Router (FTT to FTT and TPT to FTT).

Q7752A Serial Interface.

Q7740A,B Repeaters (2-way and 4-way).

209541B FTT Termination Module.

Excel 10 Q7750A Zone Manager Checkout

and Test Manual

Excel 10 W7750A,B,C Controller Installation

Instructions

Excel 10 T7770A,B,C,D,E,F,G Wall Module

Installation Instructions

Organization of Manual

T7560A,B Digital Wall Module Installation

Instructions

This manual is divided into three basic parts: the Introduction,

the Application Steps, and the Appendices that provide

supporting information. The Introduction and Application

Steps 1 through 5 provide the information needed to make

accurate material ordering decisions. Application Step 6 and

the Appendices include configuration engineering that can be

started using Excel E-Vision PC Software after the devices

and accessories are ordered. Application Step 7 is

troubleshooting.

Excel 10 Q7750A Zone Manager Installation

Instructions

Excel 10 Q7751A,B Router Installation

Instructions

Excel 10 Q7752A Serial Interface Installation

Instructions

The organization of the manual assumes a project is being

engineered from start to finish. If an operator is adding to, or is

changing an existing system, the Table of Contents can

provide the relevant information.

Q7752B PCMCIA LONWORKS PCC-10 Card

Installation Instructions

Excel 10 Q7740A,B FTT Repeaters Installation

Instructions

Applicable Literature

The following list of documents contains information related to

the Excel 10 W7750 CVAHU Controller and the EXCEL 5000

OPEN SYSTEM in general.

Excel 10 209541B Termination Module

Installation Instructions

74-2588

74-5587

74-1392

74-5577

74-2039

74-5018

Excel E-Vision User’s Guide

CARE User’s Manual

CARE Excel 10 Zone Manager User’s Guide

CARE Icon Guide

XBS User’s Manual

XBS Application Guide

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

NOTE: The T7770B,C Models are available with a absolute

55 to 85°F (10 to 85°C) or a relative scale plate

adjustable in E-Vision to ± 18°F (± 5°C).

Product Names

The W7750 Controller is available in three models:

•

W7750A Constant Volume AHU Controller - W7750A

Version.

W7750B Constant Volume AHU Controller - W7750B

Version.

W7750C Constant Volume AHU Controller - W7750C

Version.

The T7560A,B Wall Module is available in two models:

•

T7560A Wall Module displays and provides space

temperature, setpoint, Occ/Unocc override, override status

LCD and digital display.

T7560B Wall Module displays and provides space

temperature, humidity sensor, setpoint, Occ/Unocc

override, override status LCD and digital display.

The T7770 Wall Module is available in four models. The

T7770 Wall Modules will work with all Excel 5000 and Excel

10 Controllers (except the W7751A,C,E,G):

Other products:

•

T7770A1xxx Wall Module with nonlinearized 20 Kohm

NTC sensor only.

T7770A2xxx Wall Module with nonlinearized 20 Kohm

NTC sensor and LONWORKS Bus jack.

T7770B1xxx Wall Module with nonlinearized 20 Kohm

NTC sensor, 10 Kohm setpoint, and LONWORKS Bus jack.

T7770C1xxx Wall Module with nonlinearized 20 Kohm

NTC sensor, 10 Kohm setpoint, bypass button and LED,

and LONWORKS Bus jack.

T7770D1xxx Wall Module with nonlinearized 20 Kohm

NTC sensor, bypass button and LED, and LONWORKS Bus

jack.

•

Q7750A Excel 10 Zone Manager.

Q7751A,B Bus Router.

Q7752A Serial Adapter.

Q7740A,B FTT Repeaters.

209541B FTT Termination Module.

Refer to Table 11 in Application Step 5. Order Equipment for a

complete listing of all available part numbers.

NOTE: The Q7750A Zone Manager is referred to as (E-Link)

in internal software and CARE.

•

Agency Listings

Table 1 provides information on agency listings for Excel 10

products. Be sure to always follow Local Electrical Codes.

Table 1. Agency Listing.

Device

Agency

Comments

W7750A,B,C Controllers

Tested and listed under UL916 (file number E87741). The CVAHU W7750A,B,C

Controllers are UL94-5V listed and suitable for plenum mounting.

cUL

Listed (E87741).

General Immunity per European Consortium Standards EN50081-1 (CISPR 22, Class B)

and EN 50082-1:1992 (based on Residential, Commercial, and Light Industrial).

EN 61000-4-2:

IEC 1000-4-2 (IEC 801-2) Electromagnetic Discharge.

EN 50140, EN 50204: IEC 1000-4-3 (IEC 801-3) Radiated Electromagnetic Field.

EN 61000-4-4:

IEC 1000-4-4 (IEC 801-4)

Electrical Fast Transient (Burst). Radiated Emissions and

Conducted Emissions:

1987 Class B.

1985.

EN 55022:

CISPR-22:

FCC Complies with requirements in FCC Part 15 rules for a Class B Computing Device.

Operation in a residential area can cause interference to radio or TV reception and require

the operator to take steps necessary to correct the interference.

T7770A,B,C,D and

(Not applicable.)

T7560A,B Wall Modules

cUL

(Not applicable.)

FCC (Not applicable.)

Q7750A Excel 10

Zone Manager

Tested and listed under UL916, file number S4804 (QVAX, PAZY).

CSA Listing pending.

FCC Complies with requirements in FCC Part 15 rules for a Class A Computing Device.

Operation in a residential area can cause interference to radio or TV reception and require

the operator to take steps necessary to correct the interference.

Q7740A,B FTT

UL1784.

Repeaters, Q7751A,B

Routers and

Q7752A Serial Adapter

CSA Listed.

FCC Complies with requirements in FCC Part 15 rules for a Class B Computing Device.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Excel 10 Zone Manager A controller that is used to

interface between the C-Bus and the LONWORKS Bus.

The Excel 10 Zone Manager also has the functionality

of an Excel 100 Controller, but has no physical I/O

points.

Abbreviations and Definitions

AHU Air Handling Unit; the central fan system that includes

the blower, heating equipment, cooling equipment,

ventilation air equipment, and other related equipment.

CO Carbon Monoxide. Occasionally used as a measure of

NOTE: The Q7750A Zone Manager can be referred to as

E-Link in the internal software, CARE.

indoor air quality.

CO₂Carbon Dioxide. Often used as a measure of indoor air

E-Vision User interface software used with devices that

operate via the FTT LONWORKS Bus communications

protocol.

quality.

CARE Computer Aided Regulation Engineering; the PC

based tool used to configure C-Bus and LONWORKS Bus

devices.

Firmware Software stored in a nonvolatile memory medium

such as an EPROM.

C-Bus Honeywell proprietary Control Bus for

communications between EXCEL 5000 System

controllers and components.

Floating Control Refers to Series 60 Modulating Control of

a valve or damper. Floating Control utilizes one digital

output to pulse the actuator open, and another digital

output to pulse it closed.

CPU Central Processing Unit; an EXCEL 5000 OPEN

SYSTEM controller module.

FTT Free Topology Transceiver.

cUL Underwriters Laboratories Canada

IAQ Indoor Air Quality. Refers to the quality of the air in the

conditioned space, as it relates to occupant health and

comfort.

CVAHU Constant Volume AHU; refers to a type of air

handler with a single-speed fan that provides a constant

amount of supply air to the space it serves.

I/O Input/Output; the physical sensors and actuators

connected to a controller.

DDF Delta Degrees Fahrenheit.

I x R I times R or current times resistance; refers to Ohms

D/X Direct Expansion; refers to a type of mechanical cooling

Law: V = I x R.

where refrigerant is (expanded) to its cold state, within a

heat-exchanging coil that is mounted in the air stream

supplied to the conditioned space.

Degrees Kelvin.

Level IV Refers to a classification of digital communication

wire. Formerly known as UL Level IV, but not equivalent

to Category IV cable. If there is any question about wire

compatibility, use Honeywell-approved cables (see Step

5 Order Equipment section).

Echelon The company that developed the LONWORKS Bus

and the Neuron chips used to communicate on the

LONWORKS Bus.

Economizer Refers to the mixed-air dampers that regulate

the quantity of outdoor air that enters the building. In

cool outdoor conditions, fresh air can be used to

supplement the mechanical cooling equipment.

Because this action saves energy, the dampers are

often referred to as economizer dampers.

LONWORKS Bus Echelons LONWORKS network for

communication among Excel 10 Controllers.

LONWORKS Bus Segment An LONWORKS Bus section

containing no more than 60 Excel 10s. Two segments

can be joined together using a router.

EMI Electromagnetic Interference; electrical noise that can

cause problems with communications signals.

NEC National Electrical Code; the body of standards for

safe field-wiring practices.

E-Link Refers to the Q7750A Zone Manager. This name is

used in internal software and in CARE software.

NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association; the

standards developed by an organization of companies

for safe field wiring practices.

EMS Energy Management System; refers to the controllers

and algorithms responsible for calculating optimum

operational parameters for maximum energy savings in

the building.

Node A Communications Connection on a network; an

Excel 10 Controller is one node on the LONWORKS Bus

network.

EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only

Memory; the variable storage area for saving user

setpoint values and factory calibration information.

NV Network Variable; an Excel 10 parameter that can be

viewed or modified over the LONWORKS Bus network.

Enthalpy The energy content of air measured in BTUs per

PC An Personal Computer with Pentium processor capable

pound (KiloJoules per Kilogram).

of running Microsoft Windows 95.

EPROM Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory; the

firmware that contains the control algorithms for the

Excel 10 Controller.

Pot Potentiometer. A variable resistance electronic

component located on the T7770B,C or T7560A,B Wall

Modules; used to allow user-adjusted setpoints to be

input into the Excel 5000 or Excel 10 Controllers.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

PWM Pulse Width Modulated output; allows analog

modulating control of equipment using a digital output

on the controller.

Construction

Controllers

RTD Resistance Temperature Detector; refers to a type of

temperature sensor whose resistance output changes

according to the temperature change of the sensing

element.

The Excel 10 W7750 Controller is available in three different

models. The W7750A Model, which is a low cost controller

made for simple single zone air handlers and heat pump

controls. The W7750B,C Models are intended for more

complex applications.

Subnet A LONWORKS Bus segment that is separated by a

router from its Q7750A Zone Manager.

The W7750B,C Models use Triacs for their digital outputs,

where as the W7750A Model uses dry-contact relays. The

W7750C Model also has three analog outputs available on

terminals 16, 17 and 18.

TOD Time-Of-Day; the scheduling of Occupied and

Unoccupied times of operation.

TPT Twisted Pair Transceiver.

All wiring connections to the controller are made at screw

terminal blocks. Connection for operator access to the

LONWORKS Bus is provided by plugging the SLTA connector

cable into the LONWORKS Bus communications jack.

VA Volt Amperes; a measure of electrical power output or

consumption as applies to an ac device.

Vac Voltage alternating current; ac voltage rather than dc

The W7750A,B,C Models consist of a single circuit board that

is mounted in a sheet metal subbase and protected by a

factory snap-on cover. The three controllers have the same

physical appearance except for terminals 16 through 20

(W7750A) and different labels next to the wiring terminals

(see Fig. 3, 5 or 6). Wires are attached to the screw terminal

blocks on both sides of the controller. The controllers mount

with two screws (see Fig. 4 or 7). The W7750 can also be

mounted using DIN rail. To mount the W7750 on DIN rail,

purchase two DIN rail adapters (obtain locally) part number

TKAD, from Thomas and Betts, see Fig. 8, then snap onto

standard EN 50 022 35 mm by 7.5 mm (1-3/8 in. by 5/16 in.)

DIN rail. DIN rail is available through local suppliers.

voltage.

VAV Variable Air Volume; refers to either a type of air

distribution system, or to the W7751 Excel 10 VAV Box

Controller that controls a single zone in a variable air

volume delivery system.

VOC Volatile Organic Compound; refers to a class of

common pollutants sometimes found in buildings.

Sources include out-gassing of construction materials,

production-line by-products, and general cleaning

solvents. A VOC is occasionally used as a measure of

indoor air quality.

W7750 The model number of the Excel 10 CVAHU

A channel in the cover allows the controller status LED to be

visible when the cover is in place. There are no field-

serviceable parts on the circuit board and, therefore, it is

intended that the cover never be removed.

Controllers (also see CVAHU).

W7751 The model number of the Excel 10 VAV Box

Controllers (also see VAV).

The W7750A,B,C can be mounted in any orientation.

Ventilation openings were designed into the cover to allow

proper heat dissipation regardless of the mounting orientation.

See Fig. 4 and 7.

Wall Module The Excel 10 Space Temperature Sensor and

other optional controller inputs are contained in the

T7770 or the T7560A,B Wall Modules. See Application

Step 5. Order Equipment for details on the various

models of Wall Modules.

The input/output and control differences between the two

models are summarized in Table 2. The I/O points in Table 2

are the free I/O points that are not reserved for Wall Module

use.

XBS Excel Building Supervisor; a PC based tool for

monitoring and changing parameters in C-Bus devices.

Table 2. List of Differences in W7750A and W7750B,C Controllers.

W7750A Model

W7750B,C Models

Digital Outputs

Digital Inputs

Wall Module

Analog Outputs

Analog Inputs

DC Power

Six Relay Outputs

Eight Triac Outputs

Two

Four

One*

None

One*

Three 4 to 20 mA Outputs (W7750C only)

One (Resistive Input Only) Four (Two Resistive and two Voltage/Current Inputs)

None

20 Vdc available to power optional sensors

Heating, Cooling, and/or Economizer

Floating (Series 60) Control Economizer Only

PWM Control

None

*The T7770 or the T7560 Wall Modules includes I/O points for

two analog inputs for the space temperature and the setpoint

knob, a digital input for the Bypass pushbutton, and a digital

output for the LED Bypass Indicator. These W7750 I/O

points are configurable, but are normally used for the Wall

Module.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

W7750A

NETW

ORK

USED

COM

USED

GND

LED

BYP

ASS

SNSR

GND

SET PT

AI-1

OHM

GND

DI-1

GND

DI-2

USED

ORKS

Fig. 3. Excel 10 W7750A Constant Volume AHU Controller.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

2-1/8

(54)

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16

5-5/8

(143)

NEYWORK

VAC

COM

NOT

VAC

USED

GND

LED

BYPASS

SNSR

GND

SET PT

AI-1

OHM

GND

DI-1

GND

DI-2

NOT

USED

LON

JACK

LONWORKS

BUS

3-1/16

(77)

10 11 12 13 14 15 J3

5-3/16 (132)

6 (152)

M10098B

Fig. 4. W7750A construction in in. (mm).

Special Note for the W7750B,C Unit:

PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS

The individual Triac outputs incorporate an internal common

connection with the input power transformer. The Triacs

provide a switched path from the hot side (R) of the

transformer through the load to the common of the

transformer. The W7750B,C Controller design must use the

same power transformer for any loads connected to that

controller; see Fig. 30.

Power:

24 Vac with a minimum of 20 Vac and a maximum of 30 Vac at

either 50 or 60 Hz. The W7750A power consumption is 6 VA

maximum at 50 or 60 Hz. The W7750B,C power consumption

is 12 VA maximum at 50 or 60 Hz.The W7750A,B,C is a NEC

Class 2 rated device. This listing imposes limits on the amount

of power the product can consume or directly control to a total

of 100 VA.

Each individual Triac is rated 1A at 30 Vac maximum. Under

all operating conditions, the maximum load/source power

budget for the W7750B,C Controller is 100 VA. Actual

allowable Triac current is 500 mA MAX.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

DI-4

GND

DI-3

GND

DI-2

DI-1

OUT

COM

OUT

GND

LED

BYP

ASS

SNSR

GND

SET PT

AI-1

OHM

GND

A1-2

OHM

AI-3

V/mA

GND

AI-4

V/mA

20VDC

OUT

L_ON

W_ORKS

L_ON

M6854B

Fig. 5. Excel 10 W7750B Constant Volume AHU Controller.

CPU:

Specified Space Temperature Sensing Range:

45 to 99°F (7 to 37°C) with an allowable control setpoint range

from 50 to 90°F (10 to 32°C) when initiated from the network

and 55 to 85°F (13 to 29°C) when configured and connected

to T7770 or T7560 Wall Modules.

Motorola or Toshiba 3150 Neuron processor, containing three

eight-bit CPUs. Each Neuron has a unique 48-bit network

identification number.

Memory Capacity:

64K ROM/PROM (6K reserved for network operations, 58K

usable for control algorithm code).

512 bytes EEPROM.

2K RAM.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

DI-4

DI-3

GND

DI-2

DI-1

OUT

COM

OUT

GND

LED

BYP

ASS

SNSR

GND

SET PT

AI-1

OHM

GND

A1-2

OHM

AI-3

V/mA

GND

AI-4

V/mA

20VDC

OUT

L_ON

W_ORKS

L_ON

M17489

Fig. 6. Excel 10 W7750C Constant Volume AHU Controller.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

2-1/8

(54)

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16

VAC

5-5/8

(143)

OUT

VAC

24 COM OUT

OUT

GND

DI-4

DI-3 DI-2

DI-1

GND

BYPASS SNSR AI

SET PT AI-1 AI AI-2 AI-3

AI AI-4 20VDC LONWORKS

GND

LED

JACK

GND

OHM

OHM V/mA

V/mA OUT

BUS

3-1/16

(77)

10 11 12 13 14 15 J3

5-3/16 (132)

6 (152)

M17490

Fig. 7. W7750B,C construction in in. (mm). W7750C (shown) has three 4 to 20 mA analog outputs.)

Communications:

Approved cable types for LONWORKS Bus communications

wiring is Level IV 22 AWG (0.34 mm²) plenum or nonplenum

rated unshielded, twisted pair, solid conductor wire. For

nonplenum areas, use Level IV 22 AWG (0.34 mm²) such as

U.S. part AK3781 (one pair) or U.S. part AK3782 (two pair). In

plenum areas, use plenum-rated Level IV, 22 AWG (0.34

mm²) such as U.S. part AK3791 (one pair) or U.S. part

AK3792 (two pair). (See Tables 9 and 11 for part numbers.)

Contact Echelon Corp. Technical Support for the

The W7750A,B,C Controller uses a Free Topology

Transceiver (FTT) transformer-coupled communications port

running at 78 kilobits per second (kbps). Using the

transformer-coupled communications interface offers a much

higher degree of common-mode noise rejection while

ensuring dc isolation.

recommended vendors of Echelon approved cables.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

M6857

Fig. 8. DIN rail adapters.

The FTT supports polarity insensitive free topology wiring.

This frees the system installer from wiring using a specific bus

topology. T-tap, star, loop, and mixed wiring topologies are all

supported by this architecture. The maximum LONWORKS Bus

length when using a combination of T-tap, star, loop, and bus

wiring (singly terminated) is 1640 ft. (500m) with the maximum

node-to-node length of 1312 ft. (400m). In the event that the

total wire length is exceeded, then a Q7740A 2-Way Repeater

or a Q7740B 4-Way Repeater can be used to allow the

number of devices to be spread out as well as increasing the

length of wire over which they communicate. The maximum

number of repeaters per segment is one (on either side of the

router). A Q7751A,B LONWORKS Bus Router can also be used

to effectively double the maximum LONWORKS Bus length.

The advantage of using the router is that it segregates traffic

to a segment while when using the repeater, all traffic is

repeated on each segment. When utilizing a doubly

chain with no stubs or taps from the main backbone, The

maximum LONWORKS Bus length is 4593 ft. (1400m) with the

maximum node-to-node length of 3773 ft. (1150m).

FTT networks are very flexible and convenient to install and

maintain, but it is imperative to carefully plan the network

layout and create and maintain accurate documentation. This

aids in compliance verification and future expansion of the

FTT network. This also keeps unknown or inaccurate wire run

lengths, node-to-node (device-to-device) distances, node

counts, total wire length, inaccurate repeater/router locations,

and misplaced or missing terminations minimized. Refer to

LONWORKS Bus Wiring Guidelines form, 74-2865 for complete

description of network topology rules.

LONMARK® FUNCTIONAL PROFILE

W7750 Controllers support the LONMARK Functional Profile

number 8030 Roof Top Unit Controller, version 1.0

(see Fig. 9).

terminated LONWORKS Bus structure, use a continuous daisy-

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Inputs/Outputs:

The W7750A Unit supports the following hardware features:

Hardware

Output

•

Three 20 Kohm NTC (1000 through 150,000 ohm) or

PT3000 (250 through 12,000 ohm) resistive analog inputs

(one reserved for space temperature and one reserved for

the setpoint knob).

Roof Top Unit

Controller number 8030

•

Three dry contact digital inputs (one reserved for the

Bypass pushbutton).

LED digital output (only for the wall module LED) 2.5V at 3

mA.

Six 24 Vac relay digital outputs (1.5A relays rated at 7.5A

inrush current).

nvoSpaceTemp

SNVT_ temp_p

nviSpaceTemp

SNVT_temp_p

nv1

nv2

nv3

nv4

Mandatory

Network

Variables

•

nvoUnitStatus

SNVT_hvac_status

nviSetPoint

SNVT_temp_p

nviApplicMode

SNVT_hvac_mode

nvoEffectSetPt

SNVT_ temp_p

The W7750B,C Units support the following hardware features:

nv5

nv6

nv10

nv11

•

Four 20 Kohm NTC (1000 through 150,000 ohm) or

PT3000 (250 through 12,000 ohm) resistive analog inputs

(one reserved for space temperature and one reserved for

the setpoint knob).

nviOccCmd

SNVT_occupancy

nvoOutsideTemp

SNVT_ temp_p

Optional

Network

Variables

nviSetPtOffset

SNVT_ temp_p

nvoOutsideRH

SNVT_ lev_percent

nv7

nv8

nv12

nv16

•

Two 0.2 to 10 VDC or 2 to 20 mA (user selectable) analog

inputs.

Five dry contact digital inputs (one reserved for the Bypass

nviOutsideTemp

SNVT_ temp_p

nvoCO

SNVT_ppm

pushbutton).

Eight on the W7750B (five on the W7750C) 24 Vac Triac

digital outputs (500 mA MAX). The W7750C Unit also

supports three 4 to 20 mA analog outputs.

LED digital output (only for the wall module LED, T7770

models or LCD, T7560A,B) 2.5V at 3 mA.

One 20 Vdc power supply for auxiliary devices with a

maximum current of 50 mA.

nviOutsideRH

SNVT_lev_percent

nv9

•

nviSpaceRH

SNVT_ lev_percent

nv13

nviCO

SNVT_ppm

nv14

nv15

ANALOG INPUTS:

nviEmergCmd

SNVT_hvac_emerg

NOTE: Only one of each type of input is allowed. For

example, only one Outdoor Air Temperature sensor

is allowed. No duplicate Outdoor Air Temperature

sensors are usable on the same controller.

Configuration Properties

nc49 - Send Heartbeat

nc60 - Occupancy Temperature Setpoints (mandatory)

(mandatory)

Space Temperature:

nc48 - Maximum Receive Time

nc17 - Location

(optional)

(mandatory)

Type: RTD.

Supported Sensors: T7770A,B,C,D; T7560A,B.

nc42 - CO Limit

Discharge Air Temperature:

Manufacturer

Defined

Type: RTD.

Supported Sensors: C7100A1015*, C7770A1006,

C7031B1033, C7031C1031, C7031D1062, C7031F1018

(W7750B,C only), C7031J1050, C7031K1017.

Section

Hardware

Input

M11580

Outdoor Air Temperature:

Type: RTD.

Fig. 9. Functional profile of LONMARK® RTU object details

(variables not implemented in Excel 10 CVAHU

are greyed).

Supported Sensors: C7170A1002.

Return Air Temperature:

Type: RTD.

Environmental:

Supported Sensors: C7100A1015*, C7770A1006,

C7031B1033, C7031C1031, C7031D1062, C7031F1018

(W7750B,C only), C7031J1050, C7031K1017.

*The PT3000 sensor is not recommended for floating control

(real time - discharge or return configured as space sensor).

The PT3000 sensor is intended for monitoring or differential

(staged) control

Operating Temperature: -40 to 150°F (-40 to 65.5°C).

Shipping Temperature:

-40 to 150°F (-40 to 65.5°C).

Relative Humidity:

5% to 95% noncondensing.

Vibration:

Rated V2 level compliant.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Outdoor Air Humidity (W7750B,C only):

Type: Voltage/Current.

— Dirty Filter:

Contact Closed = Dirty Filter

— Shutdown Signal:

Contact Closed = Shut off all equipment

— Occupancy Switch:

Supported Sensors: C7600B1000 and C7600B1018

(2 to 10V), C7600C1008 (4 to 20mA).

Contact Closed = Room is Occupied; Contact Open =

Room is Unoccupied

— Window Monitor:

Contact Closed = Window is Closed

— Coil Freeze Stat: (Only use this DI when using E-Vision.)

Contact Closed = Coil Freeze condition sensed

— Wall Module Bypass Pushbutton:

Momentary DI (See Appendix B—Sequences of Operation

for bypass details.)

Return Air Humidity (W7750B,C only):

Type: Voltage/Current.

Supported Sensors: C7600B1000 and C7600B1018

(2 to 10V), C7600C1008 (4 to 20mA).

Outdoor Air Enthalpy (W7750B,C only):

Type: Current.

Supported Sensors: C7400A1004 (4 to 20mA).

Return Air Enthalpy (W7750B,C only):

Type: Current.

TRIAC OUTPUTS ON THE (W7750B,C MODELS ONLY):

— Power ratings: 20 Vac to 30 Vac at 25 mA MIN to 500 mA

MAX current for any voltage.

Supported Sensors: C7400A1004 (4 to 20mA).

Air Filter Differential Pressure (W7750B,C only):

Type: Voltage.

CAUTION

When any device is energized by a Triac, the device

must be able to sink a minimum of 25 mA.

Supported Sensors: Third party 2 to 10V, 0 to 5 inw

(1.25 kPa) differential pressure sensors.

CO₂Sensor (W7750B,C only):

Type: Voltage.

NOTE: Triacs sink current to the 24 Vac common (COM

terminal on the W7750B,C Models); see Fig. 30 for

wiring example.

Supported Sensors: Third party 0 to 10V, 0 to 2000 ppm

CO₂sensors.

Monitor Sensor for network use (W7750B,C only):

Type: Voltage.

IMPORTANT

If non-Honeywell motors, actuators, or transducers

are to be used with Excel 10 Controllers, Triac com-

patibility must be verified (see previous NOTE).

Supported Sensors: Third party 2 to 10V, 2 to 10 volts

displayed.

DIGITAL OUTPUTS:

DIGITAL INPUTS:

COOL STAGE 1

COOL STAGE 2

NOTE: Only one of each type of input is allowed. For

example, only one Smoke Monitor is allowed. No

duplicate Smoke Monitors are usable on the same

controller.

COOL STAGE 3

COOL STAGE 4

HEAT STAGE 1

HEAT STAGE 2

HEAT STAGE 3

Dry-contact inputs are sensed using a 9 milliamp at 4.8 volts

detection circuit. It is very important that the device used

contains high quality, noncorroding contacts with resistivity

that does not degrade; that is, increase over time. Use noble

metal (such as gold or silver), or pimpled or sealed contacts to

assure consistent, long-term operation.

HEAT STAGE 4

CHANGE OVER RELAY

FAN

AUX ECON

OCCUPANCY STATUS

ECON OPEN

ECON CLOSE

COOL OPEN

Two of the following Digital Inputs (DIs) can be configured

when using the W7750A, and four of the following when using

the W7750B,C:

COOL CLOSE

HEAT OPEN

HEAT CLOSE

HEAT COOL STAGE 1

HEAT COOL STAGE 2

— Fan Status:

Contact Closed = Fan on

— IAQ Switch:

Contact Closed = Poor Air Quality

— Time Clock:

Contact Closed = Occupied Mode; Contact Open =

Unoccupied Mode

— Schedule Master:

Contact Closed = Local time clock is used as master time

clock

— Economizer Enable Signal:

Contact Closed = Economizer Enabled for cooling use

— Smoke Monitor:

HEAT COOL STAGE 3

HEAT COOL STAGE 4

FREE1 (NOTE: Free1, Free1 Pulse On and Free1 Pulse Off

are three separate and unique digital output points. Because

they are not related, they all can be configured in a CVAHU

controller at the same time.)

FREE2

FREE1 PULSE ON

FREE1 PULSE OFF

ECON PWM

HEAT PWM

COOL PWM

UNUSED

Contact Closed = Smoke Detected

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

size (see Product Names section for differences). The models

T7560A1016 and T7560B1018 are shown in Fig. 11. The

T7560A,B are the same physical size.

Wall Modules

The T7770 or T7560 Wall Modules for the Excel 5000 and

Excel 10 Controllers are available in a variety of

configurations. The models T7770A1006 and T7770C1002

are shown in Fig. 10. The T7770B,D are the same physical

Duct Sensor

The dimensions of the C7770A duct-mounted sensor are

shown in Fig. 12.

KNOCKOUTS FOR EUROPEAN

APPLICATIONS

KNOCKOUTS FOR EUROPEAN

APPLICATIONS

5-1/16

(128)

5-1/16

(128)

29/32

(23)

1-1/4

(32)

3-5/32 (80)

2-3/8 (60)

3-5/32 (80)

2-3/8 (60)

2-3/8

(60)

2-3/8

(60)

STANDARD

UTILITY

STANDARD

UTILITY

CONDUIT

BOX (2 X 4)

MOUNTING

HOLES

CONDUIT

BOX (2 X 4)

MOUNTING

HOLES

M15119

Fig. 10. T7770A,B,C,D construction in in. (mm).

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

3-7/16

(86)

(100)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

2-11/16 (68)

3-7/8 (97)

4-1/8

(104)

3-15/16 (99)

1-3/16 (30)

M17479

Fig. 11. T7560A,B construction in in. (mm).

1-1/2 (38)

3/4 (19)

8-1/2 (216)

1/2 (13)

3/8 IN. (10)

DIAMETER

1/2 IN. (13)

DIAMETER

7/8

(22)

3-1/2 (89)

6-5/32 (156)

1/4 (6)

DIAMETER (2 HOLES)

1/2 (13)

M7724

Fig. 12. C7770A construction in in. (mm).

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Configurations

CAUTION

For floating control, the Excel 10 W7750 Controller is

designed to work only with Series 60 valve and

damper actuators. Full stroke actuator drive-time must

be between 20 and 240 seconds (0.25 to 4.0 minutes).

General

Tables 3 and 4 provide an overview of the Excel 10 W7750

configuration options. All W7750s are assumed to have a

supply fan digital output. Additionally, Tables 3 and 4 list the

general mechanical equipment options available with the

W7750 Controller. See Application Step 6. Configure

Controllers, for further information on configurations.

Table 3. Common Configuration Options Summary For W7750A,B,C Controllers.

Option

Possible Configurations Common To All W7750 Models

Supply Fan

1. Mandatory Digital Output.

Type of Air Handler

1. Conventional.

2. Heat Pump.

Occupancy Sensor

Window Sensor

1. None.

2. Connected: Contacts closed equals Occupied.

3. Network (Occ/Unocc signal received via the LONWORKS Bus network).

1. None.

2. Physically Connected: Contacts closed equals window closed.

3. Network (Window Open/Closed signal received via the LONWORKS Bus).

1. Local (direct wired to the controller).

Wall Module Option

(The T77560A,B has no LONWORKS Bus access) 2. Network (sensor value received via the LONWORKS Bus).

Wall Module Type

1. Sensor only.

(All wall modules have a LONWORKS Bus access

jack except T7560A,B)

2. Sensor and Setpoint adjust.

3. Sensor, Setpoint adjust and Bypass.

4. Sensor and Bypass.

Smoke Emergency Initiation

1. None.

2. Physically Connected: Contacts closed equals smoke detected.

3. Network (Emergency/Normal signal received via the LONWORKS Bus).

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 4. Configuration Options Summary For W7750A,B,C Controllers.

Possible Configurations for the

W7750A Model

Option

Type of

Possible Configurations for the W7750B,C Models

1. One stage.

2. Two stages.

3. Three stages.

4. Four stages.

5. None.

Heating

2. Two stages.

3. Three stages.

4. Four stages.

5. Series 60 Modulating electric valve, or pneumatic via transducer.

6. Pulse Width Modulating electric valve, or pneumatic via transducer.

7. None.

Type of

Cooling

1. One stage.

2. Two stages.

3. Three stages.

4. Four stages.

5. None.

1. One stage.

2. Two stages.

3. Three stages.

4. Four stages.

5. Series 60 Modulating electric valve, or pneumatic via transducer.

6. Pulse Width Modulating electric valve, or pneumatic via transducer.

7. None.

Type of

Economizer

1. Digital Output Enable/Disable

signal for controlling an external

economizer package.

1. Digital Output Enable/Disable signal for controlling an external

economizer package.

2. Series 60 Modulating electric

damper motor, or pneumatic via

transducer.

2. Series 60 Modulating electric damper motor, or pneumatic via

transducer.

3. None.

3. Pulse Width Modulating electric damper motor, or pneumatic via

transducer.

4. None.

1. None.

IAQ Option

1. None.

2. Local IAQ Digital Input—directly

wired to the controller. (Contacts

closed means poor IAQ is

detected.)

2. Local IAQ Digital Input—directly wired to the controller. (Contacts

closed means poor IAQ is detected.)

3. Network (IAQ Override signal

received via the LONWORKS Bus).

3. Network (IAQ Override signal received via the LONWORKS Bus).

4. Local CO₂Analog Input—directly wired to the controller. (The sensor

must be a 0 to 10V device representing 0 to 2000 PPM CO₂.)

Coil Freeze

Stat Option

1. None.

2. Local Coil Freeze Stat Digital

2. Local Coil Freeze Stat Digital Input—directly wired to the controller.

Input—directly wired to the controller. (Contacts closed means that coil freeze condition is sensed.)

(Contacts closed means that coil

freeze condition is sensed.)

Filter Monitor 1. None.

1. None.

Option

2. Local Dirty Filter Digital

2. Local Dirty Filter Digital Input—directly wired to the controller.

Input—directly wired to the

controller. (Contacts closed means

that the filter is dirty.)

(Contacts closed means that the filter is dirty.)

3. Local Analog Input for Differential Pressure across the Filter (directly

wired to the controller). The sensor must be a 2 to 10V device

representing 0 to 5 inw (1.25 kPa).

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

positions the actuator based on the length, in seconds, of the

pulse from the digital output. For PWM, the controller outputs

a pulse whose length consists of two parts, a minimum and a

maximum. The minimum pulse time represents the analog

value of 0 percent and the maximum pulse length that

represents an analog value of 100 percent. If the analog value

is greater than 0 percent, an additional time is added to the

minimum pulse time. The length of time added is directly

proportional to the magnitude of the analog value. The PWM

actuator will begin to use the analog value at the end of the

pulse and will continue to use this value until a new pulse is

received. Refer to Appendix B under PWM Control for an

example. Series 60 actuators are generally less expensive

than those for PWM, but the trade-off is that PWM requires

only a single controller digital output while floating control

uses two DOs. Refer to Appendix B under Series 60

Allowable Heating and Cooling Equipment

Configurations

Each W7750 device can control a variety of different types of

mechanical cooling and heating equipment within roof top air

handlers. See Fig. 13 through 17 for a conceptual overview of

some typical configurations. For specific wiring details, see

the Prepare Wiring Diagrams section.

STAGED HEATING/COOLING CONTROL

Staged equipment control is available for up to four stages of

heating or four stages of cooling. On the W7750, the stages

are activated through digital outputs (Triacs on the W7750B,C

and dry-contact relays on the W7750A) one for each stage

wired to 24 Vac contactors (see Fig. 27 and 30 in Step 4.

Prepare Wiring Diagrams section for wiring details). Note that

the number of physical Digital Outputs (DOs) on the controller

limits the total number of stages that can be controlled. For

example, the W7750A Model has six digital outputs, and

because one is used for the supply fan, there are five DOs

available for any combination of heating and cooling stages

(with a maximum of four stages of heating and four stages for

cooling). The W7750B Model offers two additional DOs, for a

total of eight. The W7750C offers five DOs and three Analog

Outputs (AOs). Fig. 13 shows a typical application of two

stages of heat and two stages of cooling.

Modulating Control for an example. Fig. 14 illustrates a

system with modulating heating and cooling (see Fig. 29 and

31 in Step 4. Prepare Wiring Diagrams section.

COOL

COIL

HEAT

COIL

DISCHARGE

AIR

MIXED

AIR

FAN

HOT

WATER

VALVE

COOL

COIL

HEAT

COIL

CHILLED

WATER

VALVE

FAN

STARTER

DISCHARGE

AIR

MIXED

AIR

FAN

COMPRESSORS

FAN

STARTER

T7560A,B OR T7770

EXCEL 10

CVAHU

W7750A,B,C

GAS COMBUSTION

CONTROLS

W1 W2

M17492

Fig. 14. Fan, modulating heating and modulating cooling.

NOTE: Pneumatically actuated valves can be controlled

using a pneumatic transducer device. See Fig. 17.

Also, transducer devices are available from third

party vendors to convert PWM outputs to a voltage

or current signal if desired.

T7560A,B OR T7770

EXCEL 10

CVAHU

W7750A,B,C

HEAT PUMP CONTROL

The W7750 Controller handles heat pump applications

similarly to staged heating/cooling control. Heat pump

applications are supported by providing outputs for up to four

compressor stages, a change-over relay for the refrigerant

reversing valve, and up to four stages of auxiliary heat. Note

that the W7750A Model has six digital outputs, and therefore,

with one DO used for the supply fan and one for the change-

over relay, there are four outputs available for any

combination of compressors and auxiliary heat stages. The

W7750B Model offers two additional DOs for a total of eight,

while the W7750C Model offers five DOs and 3 AOs. Fig. 15

illustrates a typical heat pump system with auxiliary heat.

M17491

Fig. 13. Fan with two stages of heating and two stages

of cooling.

MODULATING HEATING/COOLING CONTROL

The W7750 Controller provides modulating equipment control

for heating and cooling equipment (and economizer dampers,

see Fig. 16) using either Series 60 Floating Control or Pulse

Width Modulated (PWM) control, (PWM control is available on

the W7750B,C only). The Series 60 Modulating Control is

provided through two Relay digital outputs on the W7750A or

two Triac digital outputs on the W7750B,C (one to pulse the

valve actuator open and one to pulse it closed). PWM control

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

ECONOMIZER CONTROL

AUXILIARY

HEAT

SHARED

HEAT AND

COOL COIL

Economizer control is available concurrently with any

configuration in the W7750 when DOs are not all used by the

heating and cooling equipment. Two types of economizer

controls are supported by the W7750 Controller, modulating

control and enable/disable control. Modulating control can be

either Series 60 Floating Control or PWM control (PWM

control is available on the W7750B,C only). A discharge air

temperature sensor is required for modulating economizer

damper control. Enable/disable control is provided to emulate

the Honeywell T7300 thermostat economizer operation,

where a DO tracks the occupancy status of the controller. An

external packaged economizer control then modulates the

dampers. For modulating control, the economizer is enabled

or disabled based on one of ten available strategies (see

Appendix B—Sequences of Operation—Economizer Enable/

Disable Control section, for further details). Fig. 16 illustrates

a system with modulating economizer dampers (see Fig. 29,

31, 32 and 35 in Step 4. Prepare Wiring Diagrams section, for

wiring details).

STAGE(S)

DISCHARGE

AIR

MIXED

AIR

FAN

STARTER

COMPRESSOR AND

CHANGEOVER VALVE

COMP 1

COMP 2

CHANGEOVER

RELAY

EXCEL 10

CVAHU

W7750A,B,C

T7560A,B OR T7770

M17493

Fig. 15. Heat pump with two compressors and auxiliary

heat stage(s).

COOL

COIL

HEAT

COIL

DISCHARGE

AIR

OUTDOOR

AIR

FAN

DISCHARGE

FAN

STARTER

TEMPERATURE

SENSOR REQUIRED

FOR ECONOMIZER

CONTROL

PWM OR

SERIES 60

FLOATING

MOTOR

RETURN

AIR

T7560A,B OR T7770

EXCEL 10

CVAHU

W7750A,B,C

M17494

Fig. 16. Economizer control.

PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR CONTROL

Control to modulate cooling valves, heating valves and

economizers. There are no PWM outputs configurable on the

W7750A model.

The W7750B,C Controller can control pneumatic actuators for

any or all of the three modulating outputs provided by the

control algorithm (heat, cool and economizer). Control of

pneumatic water/steam valves and damper actuators is

provided through a transducer device using either Series 60

Floating Control or PWM DOs. A floating-to-pneumatic, or a

PWM-to-pneumatic transducer is required for each output

signal. The W7750A Controller can drive Series 60 Floating

For projects with existing pneumatically actuated reheat

valves, the Excel 10 W7750 Controller output must be

converted to a pneumatic signal using a transducer device

developed for use with Excel 10 Controllers. The transducer is

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

available through Honeywell, or directly from the

manufacturer, Mamac Systems (see Table 11 for ordering

information).

then the Effective Occupancy mode is STANDBY. The

temperature control algorithm is then controlled to the

STANDBY Cooling and Heating Setpoints.

Fig. 17 depicts a typical W7750 System with modulating

heating valve using a pneumatic valve actuator. Also see Fig.

36 for wiring an MMC325 Pneumatic Transducer to a

W7750A,B,C Controller and Fig. 37 for wiring a RP7517B

Pneumatic Transducer to a W7750C Controller.

If the occupancy sensor is not configured, a local controller

can be put in the STANDBY mode only by either a one-to-one

association of the occupancy sensor from another Excel 10

Controller to the local controller, or by receiving the STANDBY

mode signal via the LONWORKS Bus.

NOTE: The Excel 10 Controller has limited power available

(only 9 mA at 4.8 volts) for checking the digital inputs

for contact closures. It is very important that the

device used contains high quality, noncorroding

contacts with resistivity that does not degrade; that

is, increase over time. Use noble metal (such as gold

or silver), or pimpled or sealed contacts to assure

consistent, long-term operation.

NOTE: When choosing the pneumatic pressure range, make

sure that the close-off pressure is 2 to 3 psi greater

than that of the spring range. When using a spring

range of 5 to 10 psi with 10 psi as the closed posi-

tion, do not use the 0 to 10 psi model of the MMC325

Transducer; use the 0 to 20 psi transducer as the

recommended selection.

The recommended devices for use with the Excel 10 W7750

Controllers are the EL7628A1007 Ceiling Mounted Infrared or

the EL7680A1008 Wall Mounted Wide View Infrared

Occupancy Sensors. If ultrasonic sensors are required, the

EL7611A1003 and the EL7612A1001 Occupancy Sensors are

recommended. An EL76XX Power Supply/Control Unit is

required for use with these occupancy sensors. The

EL7630A1003 can power up to four sensors, and is multi-

tapped for several line voltages. The EL7621A1002 can

power three sensors and it connects to 120 Vac line voltage.

The EL7621A1010 can also power three sensors but it

connects to 277 Vac line voltage.

HEAT

COIL

MIXED

AIR

DISCHARGE

AIR

FAN

PNEUMATIC

ACTUATOR

FAN

STARTER

VALVE

T7560A,B OR T7770

Window Open/Closed Digital Input

A digital input is also provided for detecting whether a window

in the space was opened. The Excel 10 W7750 Controller can

be connected to a dry contact (see the following NOTE and

Fig. 27 through 35 in Application Step 4. Prepare Wiring

Diagrams, for details) or a set of contacts wired in series (for

monitoring multiple windows) to verify that the window(s) are

closed. The algorithm expects a contact closure to indicate

the window is closed. If an open window is detected, the

algorithm changes the mode of operation to

MMC325

PNEUMATIC

TRANSDUCER

PNEUMATIC MAIN OR BRANCH LINE MUST BE 1/4 IN. (6 MM)

OR LARGER TUBING. A MINIMUM OF 6 FT (1.8M) OF TUBING

IS NEEDED IN A BRANCH LINE.

M17495

Fig. 17. Modulating heat with pneumatic valve actuator.

FREEZE_PROTECT, which shuts down the control functions,

and watches for low space temperature conditions. The frost

protection setpoint is 46.4°F (8°C), and the frost alarm occurs

at 42.8°F (6°C).

NOTE: (This is the same NOTE as in the Occupancy Sensor

section.) The Excel 10 has limited power available

(only 9 mA at 4.8 volts) for checking the digital inputs

for contact closures. It is very important that the

MIXED-OUTPUT-TYPE CONTROL

The W7750B,C Controller provides control for mixed-output-

types of applications such as PWM heating and staged

cooling control occurring simultaneously with Series 60

Floating Economizer Damper Control.

Occupancy Sensor

device used contains high quality, noncorroding

Excel 10 W7750 Controllers provide a digital input for

connection to an occupancy sensor. This is a device, such as

a passive infrared motion detector, that contains a dry contact

(see following NOTE) closure to indicate whether or not

people are present in the space. The Excel 10 W7750

Controller expects a contact closure to indicate the space is

Occupied. See Fig. 27 through 35 in Application Step 4,

Prepare Wiring Diagrams, for details on wiring connections.

contacts with resistivity that does not degrade; that

is, increase over time. Use noble metal (such as gold

or silver), or pimpled or sealed contacts to assure

consistent, long-term operation.

Wall Module Options

As previously discussed, there are four basic varieties of the

T7770 Wall Modules and two of the T7560 Digital Wall Module

(see the Product Names and the Construction sections). Also,

a T7770 and T7560 Wall Modules can be shared among two

or more W7750s. The control algorithm must be given this

wall module information when configuring the W7750 (see

Excel E-Vision User’s Guide, form 74-2588).

The control algorithm in the Excel 10 Controller uses the

occupancy sensor, if configured, to determine the Effective

Occupancy (see Table 5) mode of operation. If the Time Of

Day (TOD) schedule indicates an Occupied state, and the

occupancy sensor contact is closed, the Effective Occupancy

mode is Occupied. However, if the TOD schedule indicates an

Occupied state and the occupancy sensor contact is open,

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

IAQ Override is initiated. The IAQSetpt hysteresis is 50 PPM,

IAQ Override is deactivated at a CO₂level less than 50 PPM

below setpoint.

Dirty Filter Monitor

The air filter in the air handler can be monitored by the W7750

and an alarm is issued when the filter media needs

replacement. The two methods of monitoring the filter are:

1. Connecting a differential pressure switch to a digital

input on the W7750A or W7750B,C.

The effect of initiating the IAQ Override mode is that the

economizer dampers are allowed to open above the standard

minimum position setting to allow more fresh air to enter the

building. See Appendix B—Sequences of Operation, for

further control details.

2. Wiring a 2 to 10V differential pressure sensor to a

voltage input on the W7750B,C. If the analog input

sensor is used, its measured value 0 to 5 inw (0 to 1.25

kPa) is compared to a user-selectable setpoint

(FltrPressStPt—valid range: 0 to 5 inw (0 to 1.25 kPa)),

and the Dirty Filter alarm is issued when the pressure

drop across the filter exceeds the setpoint.

Smoke Control

The Excel 10 W7750 Controller supports smoke-related

control strategies that are initiated either via a network

command (DestEmergCmd) or from a local (physically

connected) smoke detector digital input. The details of the

W7750 smoke-related control operation are described in

Appendix B—Sequences of Operation.

Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Override

The Excel 10 W7750 Controller provides IAQ ventilation

control using one of two different methods of detecting poor

air quality. The first is with an IAQ switch device connected to

a digital input on the W7750 Controller, where a contact

closure indicates poor air quality, and initiates the IAQ

Override mode. The device can detect poor air quality using

any desired measure such as CO₂, VOC, CO, etc. The

second method, which is only available on the W7750B,C, is

through an analog input that connects to a CO₂sensor (2 to

10V). The measured value of CO₂from this sensor (0 to 2000

PPM) is compared to the setpoint (IAQSetpt). When the CO₂

level is higher than the setpoint (800 PPM adjustable), the

Freeze Stat

A freeze stat can be monitored by the W7750 and issue a

freeze stat alarm indicating the CVAHU is in danger of

freezing its coil. The details of the W7750 freeze stat related

control operation are described in Appendix B—Sequences of

Operation.

Modes of Operation

The possible modes of operation for the W7750 Controller are

listed in Table 5.

Table 5. Modes Of Operation For The Excel 10 W7750 Controller .

Mode

Description

Events causing a controller to switch to this mode

Effective Occupancy (User Address: StatusOcc)

OCCUPIED

STANDBY

Controller is in Occupied mode

Any of the following: Network input (DestSchedOcc) containing a

time-of-day schedule flag from either the Excel 10 Zone Manager or an

LONWORKS Bus Controller; Time Clock DI, Occupancy Sensor DI; or

from Network input (DestManMode) for manual override to OCC mode.

DestManMode has the highest priority, followed by the Time Clock DI,

and then DestSchedOcc.

Controller is in Standby mode

Either: (A) Network input (DestSchedOcc) containing a time-of-day

schedule flag from the Excel 10 Zone Manager or other LONWORKS

Bus node is STANDBY, or (B) Network input (DestSchedOcc) is

OCCUPIED and the Occupancy Sensor DI is UNOCCUPIED.

UNOCCUPIED Controller is in Unoccupied mode

Network input (DestSchedOcc) containing a time-of-day schedule flag

from the Excel 10 Zone Manager or LONWORKS Bus, or the network

input DestManOcc has a value of UNOCCUPIED.

BYPASS

Controller is in Occupied mode through This mode is derived from the schedule occupancy (DestSchedOcc)

OCCUPIED

a Bypass command

having a state of UNOCCUPIED and a manual request for occupancy

from one of three sources. Two of these are signals originated external

to the unit, and received by DestManOcc and DestBypass. The third

source for an occupancy request is from an override button located on

a wall module. These three sources are arbitrated in a scheme

determined by the configuration parameter (Network Wins or Last-in

Wins from OvrdPriority).

Override Modes (User Address: StatusOvrd)

OCCUPIED

Controller occupancy mode was

overridden to Occupied mode

Network input (DestManOcc) containing a time-of-day schedule

override signal of OCCUPIED from the Excel 10 Zone Manager or

other LONWORKS Bus device.

STANDBY

Controller occupancy mode was

overridden to Standby mode

Network input (DestManOcc) containing a time-of-day schedule

override signal of STANDBY from the Excel 10 Zone Manager or other

LONWORKS Bus device.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 5. Modes Of Operation For The Excel 10 W7750 Controller (Continued).

Description Events causing a controller to switch to this mode

Mode

UNOCCUPIED Controller occupancy mode was

Network input (DestManOcc) containing a time-of-day schedule

override signal of UNOCCUPIED from the Excel 10 Zone Manager or

other LONWORKS Bus device.

overridden to Unoccupied mode

BYPASS

Controller occupancy mode was

overridden to Bypass the current

Unoccupied mode

DI (Bypass) was pressed, and the Bypass duration timer has not yet

expired, or the network input DestManOcc has a value of BYPASS.

NOT

No Bypass action

No Override input received.

ASSIGNED

Operational Modes (User Address: StatusMode)

START-UP

AND WAIT

On power-up, provides a staggered

start sequence to evenly apply the load controller from the configuration tool. Temperature control loops are

This mode occurs on controller power-up, and after downloading to the

to the electrical system. disabled.

COOLING

HEATING

The Excel 10 is controlling the Cooling Space temperature has risen above the current cooling setpoint, or the

mode. network input (DestHvacMode) is COOL.

The Excel 10 is controlling the Heating Space temperature has fallen below the current heating setpoint, or the

mode.

network input (DestHvacMode) is HEAT.

EMERGENCY Compressors are disabled and only

The network input (DestManHvacMode) is EMERG_HEAT.

HEAT

Auxiliary Heat stages are allowed to

operate.

OFF MODE

The heat/cool control is turned off

Network input (DestManMode) containing AHU operational mode

immediately. The node is not running its information from C-Bus has value of MORNING WARM-UP.

normal temperature control.

DISABLED

MODE

The heat/cool control and frost

protection are turned off immediately.

The node is not running its normal

temperature control.

–

SMOKE

The node has entered a smoke

Network input (DestEmergCmd) containing smoke control signal from

EMERGENCY emergency. The fan and dampers are another LONWORKS Bus device has value of SMOKE_EMERG.

then set to the conditions configured by

SmkCtlMode. The control remains in

SMOKE_ EMERGENCY until power is

cycled or the node receives

DestEmergCmd set to

EMERG_NORMAL.

FREEZE

PROTECT

The temperature control is set to HEAT The Window digital input detects an open window.

with the setpoint set to the frost limit

setpoint 46.4°F (8°C).

MANUAL

The physical outputs are being

Typically this is done by the user through E-Vision or XBS by setting

POSITION

controlled manually. The temperature the point DestManMode to MANUAL mode.

control loop is turned off.

FAN ONLY

DISABLED

Control algorithm is disabled, except

that the fan is turned on.

The space temperature sensor has failed, or the network input

(DestHvacMode) is FAN ONLY.

Control algorithm is shut off.

Network input (DestManMode) containing AHU operational mode

information from an operator or the network that has a value of

DISABLED.

NOTE: During all modes all digital and analog physical

inputs are periodically read, the diagnostic output

network variables can be polled, the input network

variables are received, and the output network

variables are sent periodically.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

APPLICATION STEPS

EXCEL 10

W7750

CVAHU

Overview

CONTROLLER

The seven application steps shown in Table 6 are planning

considerations for engineering an Excel 10 W7750 System.

These steps are guidelines intended to aid understanding of

the product I/O options, bus arrangement choices,

NOTEBOOK PC

configuration options and the Excel 10 W7750 Controller role

in the overall EXCEL 5000 OPEN SYSTEM architecture.

SHIELDED

INTERFACE

CABLE

EIA-232

SERIAL

PORT

Table 6. Application Steps.

Q7752A

SLTA

Step No.

Description

Plan The System

CABLE

PART

NO. 205979

LONWORKS BUS

PORT

Determine Other Bus Devices Required

Lay Out Communications and Power Wiring

Prepare Wiring Diagrams

Order Equipment

M15120A

Fig. 18. Connecting the portable operator terminal

to the LONWORKS® Bus.

Configure Controllers

Troubleshooting

The FTT communication wiring, (LONWORKS Bus) between

controllers is a free topology scheme that supports T-tap, star,

loop, and mixed wiring architecture. Refer to the LONWORKS

Bus Wiring Guidelines form, 74-2865 for complete description

of network topology rules. See Application Step 3. Lay Out

Communications and Power Wiring, for more information on

bus wiring layout, and see Fig. 27 through 35 in Application

Step 4. Prepare Wiring Diagrams, for wiring details.

Step 1. Plan the System

Plan the use of the W7750 Controllers according to the job

requirements. Determine the location, functionality and sensor

or actuator usage. Verify the sales estimate of the number of

W7750 Controllers, T7770 and T7560 Wall Modules required

for each model type. Also check the number and type of

output actuators and other required accessories.

The application engineer must review the Direct Digital

Control (DDC) job requirements. This includes the Sequences

of Operation for the W7750 units, and for the system as a

whole. Usually there are variables that must be passed

between the W7750 Controllers and other zone controller(s),

or central plant controller(s) that are required for optimum

system-wide operation. Typical examples are the TOD Occ/

Unocc signal, the outdoor air temperature, the demand limit

control signal, and the smoke control mode signal.

When planning the system layout, consider potential

expansion possibilities to allow for future growth. Planning is

very important to be prepared for adding HVAC systems and

controllers in future projects.

T7560 Wall Modules can only be hard-wired, they have no

LONWORKS Bus access. T7770 Wall Modules can be installed

as either hard-wired I/O-only devices or additional wiring can

be run to them (for the LONWORKS Bus network) to allow a

CARE/E-Vision operator terminal to have access to the

LONWORKS Bus. The application engineer needs to determine

how many wall modules, T7770s and T7560s are required. All

T7770 Wall Modules, except the T7770A1006 and the

T7770A1014, can be connected via the LONWORKS Bus jack.

Also the application engineer needs to know how many

T7770s without LONWORKS Bus network connections are

being installed on the job, and then clearly document which

wall modules (if any) have network access. This information is

required during installation to ensure that the proper number

and type of wires are pulled to the wall modules, and the

building operators are informed about where they can plug in

to the LONWORKS Bus network with a portable operator

terminal (see Fig. 18, 19 and 20). Refer to Step 4. Prepare

Wiring Diagrams for details, about the about the wiring

differences between the two types.

It is important to understand these interrelationships early in

the job engineering process to ensure implemention when

configuring the controllers. (See Application Step 6. Configure

Controllers, for information on the various Excel 10

parameters and on Excel 10 point mapping.)

Step 2. Determine Other Bus Devices

Required

A maximum of 62 nodes can communicate on a single

LONWORKS Bus segment. Each W7750 (CVAHU) Controller

constitutes one node. If more nodes are required, a Q7751A,B

Router is necessary. Using a router allows up to 125 nodes,

divided between two LONWORKS Bus segments. The router

accounts for two of these nodes (one node on each side of the

router); a Q7750A Excel 10 Zone Manager takes one node

and two nodes are available for operator terminal nodes,

leaving 120 nodes available for Excel 10 Controllers. All 120

controllers are able to talk to each other through the router. A

Q7750A Excel 10 Zone Manager is required to connect the

LONWORKS Bus to the standard EXCEL 5000 OPEN

System C-Bus. Each Excel 10 Zone Manager supports up to

120 Excel 10 Controllers. This limit is set in the Excel 10 Zone

Manager database as an absolute maximum.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Each LONWORKS Bus segment is set up with two unused

nodes to allow for a CARE/E-Vision operator terminal to be

connected to the LONWORKS Bus. Multiple CARE/E-Vision

terminals can be connected to the LONWORKS Bus at the

same time. Table 7 summarizes the LONWORKS Bus segment

configuration rules.

Table 7. LONWORKS® Bus Configuration Rules And Device Node Numbers.

One LONWORKS Bus Segment Example

One Q7750A Excel 10 Zone Manager 1 node

Maximum Number of Nodes Equals 62

Port for operator terminal access (CARE/E-Vision) 1 node

Maximum number of Excel 10s 60 nodes

Total 62 nodes

Two LONWORKS Bus Segments Example

Maximum Number of Nodes Equals 125

One Q7750A Excel 10 Zone Manager 1 node

One Q7751A,B Router 2 nodes (1 in each Bus Segment)

Ports for operator terminal access (two CARE/E-Vision 2 nodes (1 in each Bus Segment)

terminals)

Maximum number of Excel 10s in segment number one 60 nodes

Maximum number of Excel 10s in segment number two 60 nodes

Total 125 nodes

Refer to the LONWORKS Bus Wiring Guidelines form, 74-2865

for complete description of network topology rules and the

maximum wire length limitations. If longer runs are required, a

Q7740A 2-Way or Q7740B 4-Way Repeater can be added to

extend the length of the LONWORKS Bus. A Q7751A,B Router

can be added to partition the system into two segments and

effectively double the length of the LONWORKS Bus. Only one

router is allowed with each Excel 10 Zone Manager, and each

network segment can have a maximum of one repeater.

pair, solid conductor wire. For nonplenum areas, use Level IV

22 AWG (0.325 mm²), such as U.S. part AK3781 (one pair) or

U.S. part AK3782 (two pair). In plenum areas, use plenum-

rated Level IV, 22 AWG (0.325 mm²) such as U.S. part

AK3791 (one pair) or U.S. part AK3792 (two pair). See Tables

9 and 11 for part numbers. Contact Echelon Corp. Technical

Support for the recommended vendors of Echelon approved

cables. The FTT communications bus, LONWORKS Bus,

supports a polarity insensitive, free topology wiring scheme

that supports T-tap, star, loop, and mixed bus wiring.

In addition, all LONWORKS Bus segments require the

installation of a 209541B Termination Module for a singly

terminated LONWORKS Bus or two 209541B Termination

Modules for a doubly terminated LONWORKS Bus. For more

details on LONWORKS Bus termination, refer to the LONWORKS

Bus Wiring Guidelines form, 74-2865, or see Application Step

3. Lay Out Communications and Power Wiring, and the

LONWORKS Bus Termination Module subsection in Application

Step 4.

LONWORKS Bus networks can be configured in a variety of

ways, so refer to the LONWORKS Bus Wiring Guidelines form,

74-2865 for complete description of network topology rules

and Table 7. Fig. 19 and 20 depict two typical LONWORKS Bus

network topologies; One has only one doubly terminated

LONWORKS Bus segment that has 60 nodes or less, and one

showing two singly terminated LONWORKS Bus segments that

has 120 nodes or less (60 MAX per each segment). The bus

configuration is set up using the Network Manager tool from

within CARE (see the CARE Excel 10 Zone Manager User’s

Guide, form 74-1392).

Step 3. Lay Out Communications and Power

Wiring

NOTE: For wiring details see the LONWORKS Bus

Termination Module subsection in Step 4. For wall

module wiring, U.S. part AK3782 (non-plenum) or

U.S. part AK3792 (plenum) can be used. For a

LONWORKS Bus that is a doubly terminated daisy-

chain, these cables contain two twisted pairs (one for

the run down to the wall module, and one for the run

back up to the controller) for ease of installation.

_LONWORKS®Bus Layout

The communications bus, LONWORKS Bus, is a 78-kilobits per

second (kbps) serial link that uses transformer isolation and

differential Manchester encoding. Approved cable types for

LONWORKS Bus communications wiring is Level IV 22 AWG

(0.34 mm²) plenum or non-plenum rated unshielded, twisted

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

EXCEL 10

CVAHU

T7770

209541B

TERMINATION MODULES

(AT ENDS OF

LONWORKS BUS

DAISY-CHAIN)

LONWORKS BUS

EXCEL 10

CVAHU

EXCEL 10

VAV

EXCEL 10

VAV

EXCEL 10

VAV

EXCEL 10

CVAHU

EXCEL 10

Q7750A

ZONE

MANAGER

T7770s

WITH

LONWORKS BUS

ACCESS

UP TO 60

TOTAL NODES

LONWORKS BUS

TO C-BUS

(SEE FIG. 1)

EXCEL 10

VAV

EXCEL 10

VAV

EXCEL 10

CVAHU

T7770

JACK FOR

OPERATOR

TERMINAL

T7770

LONWORKS BUS

I/O CONNECTIONS

M17496

T7770 OR T7560A,B

Fig. 19. Wiring layout for one doubly terminated daisy-chain LONWORKS® Bus segment.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

•

Do not use different wire types or gauges on the

same LONWORKS Bus segment. The step change in

line impedance characteristics causes unpredictable

reflections on the bus. When using different types is

unavoidable, use a Q7751A,B Router at the junction.

In noisy (high EMI) environments, avoid wire runs

parallel to noisy power cables, or lines containing

lighting dimmer switches, and keep at least 3 in.

(76 mm) of separation between noisy lines and the

LONWORKS Bus cable.

LONWORKS BUS

SEGMENT NUMBER 1

T7770

EXCEL 10

VAV

EXCEL 10

CVAHU

EXCEL 10

CVAHU

Make sure that neither of the LONWORKS Bus wires

is grounded.

LONWORKS

BUS

ACCESS

209541B

TERMINATION

MODULE

209541B

TERMINATION

MODULE

Power Wiring

A power budget must be calculated for each Excel 10 W7750

Controller to determine the required transformer size for

proper operation. A power budget is simply the summing of

the maximum power draw ratings (in VA) of all the devices to

be controlled by an Excel 10 W7750 Controller. This includes

the controller itself, the equipment actuators (ML6161, or

other motors) and various contactors and transducers, as

appropriate, for the Excel 10 configuration.

LONWORKS BUS

SEGMENT NUMBER 2

Q7751A

FTT

LONWORKS

BUS

EXCEL 10

VAV

EXCEL 10

VAV

ROUTER

EXCEL 10

Q7750A

ZONE

TO C-BUS

(SEE FIG. 1)

MANAGER

POWER BUDGET CALCULATION EXAMPLE

The following is an example power budget calculation for a

typical Excel 10 W7750B Controller.

LONWORKS BUS

SEGMENT NUMBER 2

T7560A,B

Assume a W7750 unit with a fan, two stages of D/X cooling,

modulating steam valve for heating, and modulating

economizer dampers. The power requirements are:

EXCEL 10

CVAHU

EXCEL 10

CVAHU

EXCEL 10

CVAHU

DeviceVA

Information Obtained from

Excel 10 W7750B,C 12.0

Controller

W7750 Specification Data

M17497

Fig. 20. Wiring layout for two singly terminated

ML6161

Damper Actuator

2.2

21.0

0.0

TRADELINE

Catalog

LONWORKS® Bus segments.

NOTE: See the LONWORKS Bus Termination Module section

for wiring details.

R8242A

Contactor for fan

TRADELINE

Catalog in-rush rating

IMPORTANT

D/X Stages

Notes on communications wiring:

•

All field wiring must conform to local codes and ordi-

nances or as specified on installation wiring dia-

grams.

NOTE: For this example, assume the cooling stage outputs

are wired into a compressor control circuit and,

therefore, have no impact on the power budget.)

•

Approved cable types for LONWORKS Bus communi-

cations wiring is Level IV 22 AWG (0.34 mm²) ple-

num or non-plenum rated unshielded, twisted pair,

solid conductor wire. For nonplenum areas, use

Level IV 22 AWG (0.34 mm²), such as U.S. part

AK3781 (one pair) or U.S. part AK3782 (two pair). In

plenum areas, use plenum-rated Level IV, 22 AWG

(0.34 mm²) such as U.S. part AK3791 (one pair) or

U.S. part AK3792 (two pair). See Tables 9 and 11 for

part numbers. Contact Echelon Corp. Technical Sup-

port for the recommended vendors of Echelon

approved cables.

M6410A Steam

Heating Coil Valve

0.7

TRADELINE

Catalog, 0.32A at 24 Vac

TOTAL:

35.9 VA

The Excel 10 System example requires 35.9 VA of peak

power; therefore, a 40 VA AT72D Transformer is able to

provide ample power for this controller and its accessories.

Alternatively, a 75 VA AT88A Transformer could be used to

power two Excel 10 Systems of this type, or a 100 VA AT92A

Transformer could be used to power two of these Excel 10

Systems and meet NEC Class 2 restrictions (no greater than

100 VA). See Fig. 22 and 23 for illustrations of power wiring

details. See Table 8 for VA ratings of various devices.

•

Unswitched 24 Vac power wiring can be run in the

same conduit as the LONWORKS Bus cable.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 8. VA Ratings For Transformer Sizing.

controller) and, therefore, has a secondary voltage of 22.9

volts. (Use the lower edge of the shaded zone in Fig. 21 that

represents the worst case conditions.) When the I x R loss of

four volts is subtracted, only 18.9 volts reaches the controller,

which is not enough voltage for proper operation.

Device

Description

W7750A

Excel 10 W7750 Controller

Excel 10 W7750 Controllers

6.0

12.0

2.2

W7750B,C

ML6161A/B Damper Actuator, 35 lb-in.

In this situation, the engineer basically has three alternatives:

1. Use a larger transformer; for example, if an 80 VA

model is used, see Fig. 21, an output of 24.4 volts

minus the four volt line loss supplies 20.4V to the

controller. Although acceptable, the four-volt line-loss in

this example is higher than recommended. See the

following IMPORTANT.

2. Use heavier gauge wire for the power run. 14 AWG (2.0

mm²) wire has a resistance of 2.57 ohms per 1000 ft.

which, using the preceding formula, gives a line-loss of

only 1.58 volts (compared with 4.02 volts). This would

allow a 40 VA transformer to be used. 14 AWG (2.0

mm²) wire is the recommended wire size for 24 Vac

wiring.

3. Locate the transformer closer to the controller, thereby

reducing the length of the wire run, and the line loss.

The issue of line-loss is also important in the case of the

output wiring connected to the Triac digital outputs. The

same formula and method are used. The rule to

remember is to keep all power and output wire runs as

short as practical. When necessary, use heavier gauge

wire, a bigger transformer, or install the transformer

closer to the controller.

R8242A

M6410A

MMC325

ML684

Contactor

21.0

0.7

Valve Actuator

Pneumatic Transducer

Versadrive Valve Actuator

Damper Actuator, 66 lb-in.

Damper Actuator, 132 lb-in.

Damper Actuator SR 50 lb-in.

PWM Valve Actuator

5.0

12.0

3.0

ML6464

ML6474

ML6185

ML7984B

3.0

12.0

6.0

For contactors and similar devices, the in-rush power ratings

should be used as the worst case values when performing

power budget calculations. Also, the application engineer

must consider the possible combinations of simultaneously

energized outputs and calculate the VA ratings accordingly.

The worst case, that uses the largest possible VA load, should

be determined when sizing the transformer.

LINE LOSS

Excel 10 Controllers must receive a minimum supply voltage

of 20 Vac. If long power or output wire runs are required, a

voltage drop due to Ohms Law (I x R) line loss must be

considered. This line loss can result in a significant increase in

total power required and thereby affect transformer sizing.

The following example is an I x R line-loss calculation for a

200 ft. (61m) run from the transformer to a W7750 Controller

drawing 37 VA using two 18 AWG (1.0 mm²) wires.

IMPORTANT

No installation should be designed where the line

loss is greater than two volts to allow for nominal

operation if the primary voltage drops to 102 Vac

(120 Vac minus 15 percent).

To meet the National Electrical Manufacturers Association

(NEMA) standards, a transformer must stay within the NEMA

limits. The chart in Fig. 21 shows the required limits at various

loads.

The formula is:

Loss = [length of round-trip wire run (ft.)] X [resistance in

wire (ohms per ft.)] X [current in wire (amperes)]

From specification data:

18 AWG twisted pair wire has 6.52 ohms per 1000 feet.

Loss = [(400 ft.) X (6.52/1000 ohms per ft.)] X

[(37 VA)/(24V)] = 4.02 volts

With 100 percent load, the transformer secondary must

supply between 23 and 25 volts to meet the NEMA standard.

When a purchased transformer meets the NEMA standard

DC20-1986, the transformer voltage-regulating ability can be

considered reliable. Compliance with the NEMA standard is

voluntary.

This means that four volts are going to be lost between the

transformer and the controller; therefore, to assure the

controller receives at least 20 volts, the transformer must

output more than 24 volts. Because all transformer output

voltage levels depend on the size of the connected load, a

larger transformer outputs a higher voltage than a smaller one

for a given load. Fig. 21 shows this voltage load dependence.

The following Honeywell transformers meet this NEMA

standard:

Transformer Type

AT20A

VA Rating

AT40A

AT72D

AT87A

100

In the preceding I x R loss example, even though the

controller load is only 37 VA, a standard 40 VA transformer is

not sufficient due to the line loss. From Fig. 21, a 40 VA

transformer is just under 100 percent loaded (for the 37 VA

AK3310 Assembly

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

OUTPUT

DEVICE

POWER

TRIAC LINES

TO ACTUATORS

AND CONTACTORS

TRANSFORMER

W7750B,C

CONNECT POWER TO

TERMINALS 24 AND 25

2524 22 20

200

100

150

% OF LOAD

M993

Fig. 21. NEMA class 2 transformer voltage output limits.

Attach earth ground to W7750 Controller terminal 1. See Fig.

22, 23 and 24, 27 through 35.

EARTH

M10089B

GROUND

Fig. 22. Power wiring details for one Excel 10 per

transformer.

See Fig. 23. for wiring more than one Excel 10 per

transformer.

TRANSFORMER

24 VAC

120/240 VAC

W7750B,C

2524

M10090A

EARTH

GROUND

EARTH

GROUND

EARTH

GROUND

Fig. 23. Power wiring details for two or more Excel 10s per transformer.

IMPORTANT

If the W7750 Controller is used on Heating and

Cooling Equipment (UL 1995 U.S. only) devices

and the transformer primary power is more than 150

volts, connect the transformer secondary to earth

ground, see Fig. 24.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

•

To minimize EMI noise, do not run Triac output wires

in the same conduit as the input wires or the LON-

WORKS Bus communications wiring.

24 VAC

W7750

•

Unswitched 24 Vac power wiring can be run in the

same conduit as the LONWORKS Bus cable.

Make earth ground connections with the shortest

possible wire run using 14 AWG (2.0 mm²) wire. A

good earth ground is essential for W7750 operation.

Ideally, connect the earth ground to the ground bus

at a motor control center or circuit breaker panel.

However, if the nearest ideal earth ground is inac-

cessible, consider an alternate source for earth

ground. Metal water pipe is generally a good ground,

but do not use sprinkler pipe if prohibited by local

codes. Attention must be given when duct work, con-

duit, or rebar are to be considered as ground

sources. It is the responsibility of the installer to

assure that these structures are tied back to a known

earth ground.

TRANSFORMER

LINE VOLTAGE

GREATER

THAN 150 VAC

EARTH

GROUND

EARTH

GROUND

IF THE W7750 CONTROLLER IS USED IN UL 1995 EQUIPMENT AND THE

PRIMARY POWER IS MORE THAN 150 VOLTS, GROUND 24 VAC COM

SIDE OF TRANSFORMER SECONDARY.

M10088A

Fig. 24. Transformer power wiring details for one Excel 10

used in UL 1995 equipment (U.S. only).

Step 4. Prepare Wiring Diagrams

IMPORTANT

Notes on power wiring:

General Considerations

•

All field wiring must conform to local codes and ordi-

nances or as specified on installation wiring dia-

grams.

To maintain NEC Class 2 and UL ratings, the instal-

lation must use transformers of 100 VA or less

capacity.

For multiple controllers operating from a single trans-

former, the same side of the transformer secondary

must be connected to the same input terminal in

each controller (21 on the W7750A and 24 on the

W7750B,C) and the ground terminals must be con-

nected to a verified earth ground for each controller

in the group. See Fig. 23. (Controller configurations

are not necessarily limited to three devices per trans-

former.)

For the W7750B,C Controller (which has Triac out-

puts), all output devices must be powered from the

same transformer as the one powering the Excel 10

W7750 Controller.

The purpose of this step is to assist the application engineer in

developing job drawings to meet job specifications. Wiring

details are included for the W7750A,B,C Controllers and the

T7770 and T7560A,B Wall Modules. The drawings detail I/O,

power, and LONWORKS Bus communication wiring

connections.

NOTE: For field wiring, when two or more wires, other than

14 AWG (2.0 mm²) are to be attached to the same

connector block terminal, be sure to twist them

together. Deviation from this rule can result in

improper electrical contact. See Fig. 25.

The connector block terminals on the W7750 Controllers and

on the T7770 Wall Modules accept 14 through 22 AWG (2.0 to

0.34 mm²) wire. The connector block terminals on the

T7560A,B Wall Modules accept 18 through 22 AWG (1.0 to

0.34 mm²) wire. Table 9 lists wiring types, sizes, and length

restrictions for Excel 10 products.

•

Use the heaviest gauge wire available, up to 14

AWG (2.0 mm²) with a minimum of 18 AWG (1.0

mm²) for all power and earth ground connections.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 9. Field Wiring Reference Table (Honeywell listed as AK#### or equivalent).

Recommended

Minimum Wire

Specification

Requirement

Wire

Maximum Length ft.

(m)

Function Size AWG (mm²)

Construction

Vendor Wire Type

Honeywell

LONWORKS 22 AWG

Twisted pair solid

Level IV

Refer to LONWORKS Bus

(0.34 mm²)

Bus

(Plenum)

conductor, nonshielded 140°F (60°C) AK3791 (one twisted pair) Wiring Guidelines for

or Echelon approved

rating

AK3792 (two twisted pairs) maximum length

cable.

LONWORKS 22 AWG

Bus (Non-

Plenum)

Twisted pair solid

Level IV

Honeywell Refer to LONWORKS Bus

(0.34 mm²)

conductor, nonshielded 140°F (60°C) AK3781 (one twisted pair) Wiring Guidelines for

or Echelon approved

cable.

rating

AK3782 (two twisted pairs) maximum length

Input

Wiring

Sensors

Contacts

18 to 22 AWG

Multiconductor (usually 140°F (60°C) Standard thermostat wire 1000 ft. (305m) for 18

(1.0 to 0.34 mm²)

five-wire cable bundle). rating

For runs >200 ft. (61m)

in noisy EMI areas, use

shielded cable.

AWG 200 ft. (61m) for 22

AWG

14 AWG (2.0 mm²)

18 AWG (1.0 mm²)

acceptable for

Output

Wiring

Actuators

Relays

Any pair nonshielded

(use heavier wire for

longer runs).

NEC Class 2 Honeywell

140°F (60°C) AK3702 (18 AWG)

Limited by line-loss

effects on power

consumption. (See Line

Loss subsection.)

rating

AK3712 (16 AWG)

AK3754 (14 AWG)

short runs)

14 AWG (2.0 mm²)

Power

Wiring

Any pair nonshielded

(use heavier wire for

longer runs).

NEC Class 2 Honeywell

140°F (60°C) AK3754 (14 AWG) twisted effects on power

Limited by line-loss

rating

pair AK3909 (14 AWG)

consumption. (See Line

single conductor

Loss subsection.)

W7750 Controllers

JUMPER

Fig. 27 through 35 illustrate W7750A,B,C Controller wiring for

various configurations. Connections to the wall module

terminals (2 through 6) and the communications terminals (14

and 15) are made at terminal blocks. Connection for access to

the LONWORKS Bus is provided by plugging the connector into

the communications jack.

Q38

TERMINAL 24

1.^{STRIP 1/2 IN. (13 MM)}

1/2

(13)

FROM WIRES TO

BE ATTACHED AT

ONE TERMINAL.

2. ^{TWIST WIRES}

TOGETHER WITH

PLIERS (A MINIMUM

OF THREE TURNS).

J2 IS LOCATED NEAR TERMINAL 24 (COVER REMOVED).

W7750B IS FACTORY-DELIVERED WITH JUMPER ON HIGH-SIDE

(PINS CLOSEST TO TERMINAL BLOCK). LOW-SIDE PINS ARE TWO

M16418A

PINS CLOSEST TO Q38.

Fig. 26. W7750B High-Side/Low-Side selectable switching

and jumper location.

3. CUT TWISTED END OF WIRES TO 3/16 IN. (5 MM)

BEFORE INSERTING INTO TERMINAL AND

TIGHTENING SCREW. THEN PULL ON EACH

WIRE IN ALL TERMINALS TO CHECK FOR

NOTE: If an Excel 10 W7750A,B,C Controller or Zone

Manager is not connected to a good earth ground,

the controller internal transient protection circuitry is

compromised and the function of protecting the

controller from noise and power line spikes cannot

be fulfilled. This can result in a damaged circuit

board and require replacing the controller.

GOOD MECHANICAL CONNECTION.

M17207

Fig. 25. Attaching two or more wires at terminal blocks.

The W7750B provides a jumper to select High-Side or Low-

Side switching of the digital outputs. Fig. 26 shows the

W7750B High-Side/Low-Side selectable switching. (See

wiring diagrams, Figs. 30 through 34.)

See Table 10 for a description of the W7750A terminals.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 10. W7750A Version I/O Description.

Description

Heat 1 (or Reversing Valve for a Heat Pump)

Terminal

DO6–(W1)

DO5–(W2)

DO4–(Y1)

DO3–(Y2)

DO2–(G)

DO1–NET

Terminal Number

Heat 2 (or Aux. Heat for a Heat Pump)

Cool 1 (or Compressor 1 for a Heat Pump)

Cool 2 (or Compressor 2 for a Heat Pump)

Fan

Network Digital Output

Network Digital Output (connect to terminal number 22 +24Vac)

Control power for relay contacts DO2 (G), DO3 (Y1) and DO4 (Y2)

Control power for relay contacts DO5 (W1) and DO6 (W2)

Power for the controller

+24Vac (H)

COM (N)

E-Bus

Return for power to controller

14 and 15

Echelon communications (LONWORKS Bus) screw terminals

Digital Input 2

DI - 2

DGND

Digital Ground

DGND

Digital Ground

DI - 1

Digital Input 1

AGND

Analog ground

AI - 1 OHM

SET PT

GROUND

SENSOR

BYPASS

LED

Analog Input 1 (used for Discharge Air Temperature Sensor)

Space temperature setpoint potentiometer

Wall Module

Space temperature sensor

Space override button

Space LED for indication of manual occupancy status

Earth Ground

EARTH GND 1

IMPORTANT

(OUT 5) DO5—HEAT_STAGE_2

If the W7750A controller is configured by E-Vision,

the outputs may be assigned in different order than

(OUT 6) DO6—HEAT_STAGE_1

DO7—UNUSED

the factory defaults. Use the Custom Wiring function

of E-Vision to re-assign the outputs to the desired

terminals.

DO8—UNUSED

The Wall Module terminals are identical for the W7750A,B,C

Models.

The W7750B,C Versions are preconfigured with the same

factory default setup as the W7750A Model; however, some

terminals for wiring connections differ on the W7750B,C

Models. See Fig. 30 for the terminal names on the W7750B

Model and Fig. 35 for the terminal names on the W7750C

Model. The factory default configuration of the digital output

points on the W7750B,C Models follow (terminal names are

from the W7750A):

The W7750B,C Models offers two voltage/current sensor

input terminals. When current-type sensors (4 to 20 mA) are

configured, the W7750B,C automatically switches a 249 ohm

resistor into the sensing circuit; so no external resistor is

required. The W7750A Model does not support voltage or

current inputs.

NOTE: If using factory defaults, DI-2 input is configured for

ScheduleMaster (nvoIO.SchedMaster). For a

stand-alone unit, either connect an external time

clock to terminals 9 and 10 or put a jumper on

terminals 9 and 10 (using a jumper puts the

controller in continuous occupied mode).

FACTORY DEFAULT DIGITAL OUTPUTS:

FREE 1 (OUT 1) DO1—NETWORK DO

(OUT 2) DO2—SUPPLY FAN START/STOP

(OUT 3) DO3—COOL_STAGE_2

(OUT 4) DO4—COOL_STAGE_1

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

HEAT 1

HEAT 2

COMP 1 COMP2

HEAT 1 HEAT 2

COMP 1

COMP2

LOAD AND

CONTROLLER

POWER

LOAD POWER

FAN

24 VAC

LINE AC

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16

CONTROLLER POWER

NOT USED

24 VAC

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16

NOT USED

W7750A

CONSTANT

VOLUME AHU

CONTROLLER

W7750A

CONSTANT

VOLUME AHU

CONTROLLER

WALL MODULE

10 11 12 13 14 15 J3

WALL MODULE

TIME CLOCK

10 11 12 13 14 15 J3

DISCHARGE

AIR TEMP

TIME CLOCK

DISCHARGE

AIR TEMP

JACK FOR

LONWORKS-BUS

NETWORK

ACCESS

T7770C

WALL

MODULE

JACK FOR

LONWORKS-BUS

NETWORK

ACCESS

EARTH GROUND WIRE LENGTH SHOULD BE HELD TO A MINIMUM.

USE THE HEAVIEST GAUGE WIRE AVAILABLE, UP TO 14 AWG (2.O MM²)

WITH A MINIMUM OF 18 AWG (1.O MM²), FOR EARTH GROUND WIRE.

T7770C

WALL

MODULE

TO ASSURE PROPER ELECTRICAL CONTACT, WIRES MUST BE TWISTED

TOGETHER BEFORE INSERTION INTO THE TERMINAL BLOCK.

LOAD POWER WIRE CAN BE CONNECTED TO TERMINAL 22.

M10085C

EARTH GROUND WIRE LENGTH SHOULD BE HELD TO A MINIMUM.

USE THE HEAVIEST GAUGE WIRE AVAILABLE, UP TO 14 AWG (2.O MM²)

WITH A MINIMUM OF 18 AWG (1.O MM²), FOR EARTH GROUND WIRE.

Fig. 27. Typical W7750A Controller AHU application

wiring diagram. (For more information on note 2,

refer to Fig. 25.)

TO ASSURE PROPER ELECTRICAL CONTACT, WIRES MUST BE TWISTED

TOGETHER BEFORE INSERTION INTO THE TERMINAL BLOCK.

M10084C

Fig. 28. Typical W7750A Controller with separate

transformer application wiring diagram.

(For more information on note 2, refer to Fig. 25.)

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

NOTE: Digital outputs are configurable. The terminal

locations for each function are user-selectable. The

Network DO is configured to be economizer float

close in this figure and W2 is configured to be

economizer float open. Physical output terminal

features are done in E-Vision by the custom wiring

function.

ML6161 FLOATING

ACTUATOR

CW COM CCW

LOAD AND

CONTROLLER

POWER

HEAT 1

24 VAC

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16

NOT USED

W7750A

CONSTANT

VOLUME AHU

CONTROLLER

WALL MODULE

10 11 12 13 14 15 J3

TIME CLOCK

DISCHARGE

AIR TEMP

JACK FOR

LONWORKS-BUS

NETWORK

ACCESS

T7770C

WALL

MODULE

EARTH GROUND WIRE LENGTH SHOULD BE HELD TO A MINIMUM.

USE THE HEAVIEST GAUGE WIRE AVAILABLE, UP TO 14 AWG (2.O MM²)

WITH A MINIMUM OF 18 AWG (1.O MM²), FOR EARTH GROUND WIRE.

TO ASSURE PROPER ELECTRICAL CONTACT, WIRES MUST BE TWISTED

TOGETHER BEFORE INSERTION INTO THE TERMINAL BLOCK.

LOAD POWER WIRE CAN BE CONNECTED TO TERMINAL 22.

M10083C

Fig. 29. W7750A Controller floating economizer damper

wiring diagram. (For more information on note 2, refer to

Fig. 25.)

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

TWO - OR THREE-WAY

CHILLER WATER VALVE

TWO - OR THREE-WAY

HOT WATER/STEAM VALVE

ECONOMIZER

DAMPER

HEAT

STAGE 2 STAGE 1

HEAT

COOL

FAN

STAGE 4 STAGE 3 STAGE 2 STAGE 1

SERIES 60

VALVE ACTUATOR

STEM

DOWN

STEM

DOWN

STEM

SERIES 60

ACTUATOR

COM

CW COM CCW

24 VAC

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16

TRIAC EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT

W7750B CONSTANT

VOLUME AHU

TRIAC EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT

W7750B CONSTANT

VOLUME AHU

CONTROLLER

WALL MODULE

CONTROLLER

WALL MODULE

10 11 12 13 14 15 J3

DISCHARGE

AIR TEMP

JACK FOR

LONWORKS-BUS

NETWORK

ACCESS

T7770C

WALL

MODULE

JACK FOR

LONWORKS-BUS

NETWORK

ACCESS

EARTH GROUND WIRE LENGTH SHOULD BE HELD TO A MINIMUM.

T7770C

WALL

MODULE

USE THE HEAVIEST GAUGE WIRE AVAILABLE, UP TO 14 AWG (2.O MM²)

WITH A MINIMUM OF 18 AWG (1.O MM²), FOR EARTH GROUND WIRE.

TO ASSURE PROPER ELECTRICAL CONTACT, WIRES MUST BE TWISTED

TOGETHER BEFORE INSERTION INTO THE TERMINAL BLOCK.

WIRING DIAGRAM SHOWS JUMPER (FOR J2) IN FACTORY DEFAULT

HIGH-SIDE POSITION.

EARTH GROUND WIRE LENGTH SHOULD BE HELD TO A MINIMUM.

USE THE HEAVIEST GAUGE WIRE AVAILABLE, UP TO 14 AWG (2.O MM²)

WITH A MINIMUM OF 18 AWG (1.O MM²), FOR EARTH GROUND WIRE.

ISOLATING RELAYS MUST BE USED WHEN CONNECTING TO STAGED

HEAT/COOL EQUIPMENT.

TO ASSURE PROPER ELECTRICAL CONTACT, WIRES MUST BE TWISTED

TOGETHER BEFORE INSERTION INTO THE TERMINAL BLOCK.

M10082D

WIRING DIAGRAM SHOWS JUMPER (FOR J2) IN FACTORY DEFAULT

M10081C

HIGH-SIDE POSITION.

Fig. 30. Typical W7750B Controller with staged heating

and cooling wiring diagram. (For more information on

note 2, refer to Fig. 25.)

Fig. 31. W7750B Controller with floating heating, cooling

and economizer wiring diagram. (For more information on

note 2, refer to Fig. 25.)

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

WINDOWS CONTACTS

(CONTACTS CLOSED

EQUALS WINDOW

CLOSED)

ECONOMIZER

DAMPER

OCCUPANCY SENSOR

(CONTACTS CLOSED

EQUALS OCCUPIED)

PWM ACTUATOR

POWER

SIGNAL

SIG

24V COM 24V

24 VAC

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16

24 VAC

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16

TRIAC EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT

W7750B CONSTANT

VOLUME AHU

TRIAC EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT

W7750B CONSTANT

VOLUME AHU

CONTROLLER

WALL MODULE

CONTROLLER

WALL MODULE

10 11 12 13 14 15 J3

DISCHARGE

AIR TEMP

OUTDOOR

ENTHALPY RETURN

ENTHALPY

DISCHARGE

AIR TEMP

JACK FOR

LONWORKS-BUS

NETWORK

ACCESS

JACK FOR

LONWORKS-BUS

NETWORK

ACCESS

T7770C

WALL

MODULE

T7770C

WALL

MODULE

EARTH GROUND WIRE LENGTH SHOULD BE HELD TO A MINIMUM.

USE THE HEAVIEST GAUGE WIRE AVAILABLE, UP TO 14 AWG (2.O MM²)

WITH A MINIMUM OF 18 AWG (1.O MM²), FOR EARTH GROUND WIRE.

EARTH GROUND WIRE LENGTH SHOULD BE HELD TO A MINIMUM.

USE THE HEAVIEST GAUGE WIRE AVAILABLE, UP TO 14 AWG (2.O MM²)

WITH A MINIMUM OF 18 AWG (1.O MM²), FOR EARTH GROUND WIRE.

TO ASSURE PROPER ELECTRICAL CONTACT, WIRES MUST BE TWISTED

TOGETHER BEFORE INSERTION INTO THE TERMINAL BLOCK.

TO ASSURE PROPER ELECTRICAL CONTACT, WIRES MUST BE TWISTED

TOGETHER BEFORE INSERTION INTO THE TERMINAL BLOCK.

WIRING DIAGRAM SHOWS JUMPER (FOR J2) IN FACTORY DEFAULT

HIGH-SIDE POSITION.

M10079C

WIRING DIAGRAM SHOWS JUMPER (FOR J2) IN FACTORY DEFAULT

HIGH-SIDE POSITION.

FOR WIRING DETAILS FOR PWM DEVICES, REFER TO DOCUMENTATION

Fig. 33. W7750B,C wiring diagram with 4 to 20 mA

enthalpy sensors and digital inputs. (For more

information on note 2, refer to Fig. 25.)

INCLUDED WITH PWM DEVICES.

M10080C

Fig. 32. W7750B,C Controller PWM damper actuator

wiring diagram. (For more information on note 2, refer to

Fig. 25.)

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

WINDOWS CONTACTS

(CONTACTS CLOSED

EQUALS WINDOW

CLOSED)

TWO - OR

ECONOMIZER

DAMPER

THREE-WAY

HOT WATER/

STEAM VALVE

THREE-WAY

CHILLER

WATER VALVE

OCCUPANCY SENSOR

(CONTACTS CLOSED

EQUALS OCCUPIED)

FAN

SERIES 70

VALVE

ACTUATOR

SERIES 70

VALVE

ACTUATOR

24 VAC

ML7161

Vac

2-10 4-20

COM

IN-

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16

Vac COM PUT

24 Vac

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16

TRIAC EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT

W7750B CONSTANT

VOLUME AHU

CONTROLLER

TRIAC EQUIVALENT

CIRCUIT

WALL MODULE

W7750C CONSTANT

VOLUME AHU

CONTROLLER

WALL MODULE

10 11 12 13 14 15 J3

HUMIDITY

(4 TO 20 MA)

C7600C

10 11 12 13 14 15 J3

–

DISCHARGE

AIR TEMP

JACK FOR

LONWORKS-BUS

NETWORK

ACCESS

JACK FOR

LONWORKS-BUS

NETWORK

ACCESS

T7770C

WALL

MODULE

T7770C

WALL

MODULE

EARTH GROUND WIRE LENGTH SHOULD BE HELD TO A MINIMUM.

USE THE HEAVIEST GAUGE WIRE AVAILABLE, UP TO 14 AWG (2.O MM²)

WITH A MINIMUM OF 18 AWG (1.O MM²), FOR EARTH GROUND WIRE.

EARTH GROUND WIRE LENGTH SHOULD BE HELD TO A MINIMUM.

USE THE HEAVIEST GAUGE WIRE AVAILABLE, UP TO 14 AWG (2.O MM²)

WITH A MINIMUM OF 18 AWG (1.O MM²), FOR EARTH GROUND WIRE.

TO ASSURE PROPER ELECTRICAL CONTACT, WIRES MUST BE TWISTED

TOGETHER BEFORE INSERTION INTO THE TERMINAL BLOCK.

TO ASSURE PROPER ELECTRICAL CONTACT, WIRES MUST BE TWISTED

TOGETHER BEFORE INSERTION INTO THE TERMINAL BLOCK.

IF AN ANALOG OUTPUT DEVICE HAS A SIGNAL COM (-) TERMINAL,

CONNECT IT TO THE 24 VAC COM TERMINAL NUMBER 24.

M16417B

WIRING DIAGRAM SHOWS JUMPER (FOR J2) IN FACTORY DEFAULT

HIGH-SIDE POSITION.

Fig. 35. W7750C Controller with 4-to-20 mA heating,

cooling and economizer wiring diagram. AOs must use

terminals 16, 17 or 18. The AOs can be set to be reverse

acting. (For more information on note 2, refer to Fig. 25.)

M11619B

Fig. 34. W7750B,C wiring diagram with C7600C 4 to 20 mA

solid state humidity sensor. (For more information on

note 2, refer to Fig. 25.)

See Fig. 36 or 37 to wire a pneumatic transducer to a

W7750B or W7750C.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

MMC325 PNEUMATIC

TRANSDUCER

RP7517B PNEUMATIC TRANSDUCER

PNEUMATIC

VALVE

ACTUATOR

RP7517B

500

PNEUMATIC

VALVE

24 VAC

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16

W7750C CONSTANT

VOLUME AHU

CONTROLLER

W7750B,C CONSTANT

VOLUME AHU

CONTROLLER

MAKE SURE ALL TRANSFORMER/POWER WIRING IS AS SHOWN;

REVERSING TERMINATIONS RESULTS IN EQUIPMENT

MALFUNCTION.

ANALOG OUTPUTS FROM W7750C ARE 4 TO 20 mA SIGNALS. A 500 OHM

1% TOLERANCE (OR BETTER) PRECISION RESISTOR IS REQUIRED TO

DRIVE THIS (RP7517B) AND OTHER 2 TO 10V DEVICES. PLACE THIS

RESISTOR AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO THE DRIVEN DEVICE.

OPTIONAL 24 VAC WIRING TO NEXT CONTROLLER.

USE 1/4 IN (6 MM) PNEUMATIC TUBING. MINIMUM BRANCH LINE

MUST BE 6 FT. (1.8M) OR LONGER.

USE 1/4 IN (6 MM) PNEUMATIC TUBING. MINIMUM BRANCH LINE

MUST BE 6 FT. (1.8M) OR LONGER.

TERMINALS 16 TO 18 ARE ANALOG OUTPUTS (W7750C ONLY).

M17368

TERMINALS 16,17, 18 ARE ANALOG OUTPUTS (W7750C ONLY).

M10078C

Fig. 37. RP7517,B pneumatic transducer to W7750C.

Fig. 36. Pneumatic transducer to W7750B,C

(B shown, see triangle note 4).

LONWORKS® Bus Termination Module

To use the analog outputs on the W7750C with 2-to-10V

actuators or transducers, a 500 ohm (1 percent or better

tolerance) resistor must be placed across the 2-to-10V

devices input and ground terminal. See Fig. 37. for an

example. The resistor converts a 4 to 20 mA signal into a 2-to-

10V signal.

One 209541B Excel 10 FTT Termination Module is required

for a singly terminated LONWORKS Bus segment. Two

209541B Excel 10 FTT Termination Modules are required for

a doubly terminated daisy-chain LONWORKS Bus segment

(see Fig. 38). Refer to LONWORKS Bus Wiring Guidelines

form, 74-2865 for termination module placement rules.

NOTE: Wire the 500 ohm resistor physically as close as

possible to the driven device. If the resistor is located

far away from the driven device, it is possible that

noise will be added onto the 2-to-10V signal to

ground line. This noise could cause an actuator to re-

position (jitter) and reduce the actuators life.

For 209541B Excel 10 FTT Termination module placement

and wiring options, see Fig. 39.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

W7750B, C

1415

ORANGE

BROWN

PART NO. 209541B

TERMINATION

MODULE

PART NO. 209541B

TERMINATION

MODULE

ORANGE

M10519A

Fig. 38. Typical doubly terminated daisy-chain LONWORKS® Bus segment termination module wiring diagram.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

SINGLY

TERMINATED SEGMENT

TERMINAL BLOCK

FOR Q7750A

ZONE MANAGER

W7750

FIELD INSTALLED

JUMPER

INTERNAL

PART NO. 209541B

TERMINATION

MODULE

TERMINATION

USE FOR DOUBLY

LONWORKS BUS

NETWORK

TERMINATED

DAISY-CHAIN

SEGMENT

INTERNAL

TERMINATION

NETWORK

FIELD INSTALLED JUMPER

(A) Enabling Internal Termination Network using

jumpers in the Q7750A Zone Manager

LONWORKS BUS

(B) Installing L^ONWORKS Bus

Termination Module at W7750

SEGMENTS

LONWORKS BUS

SWITCHES ON SIDE, UNDER

Q7740A,B CIRCUIT BOARD.

USE SMALL FLAT OBJECT TO

MOVE THE SWITCHES

AS NEEDED FROM

PART NO. 209541B

TERMINATION

MODULE

POSITION O (NO TERMINATION)

POSITION I (SINGLY TERMINATED)

POSITION II (DOUBLY TERMINATED)

INSERT INTO TERMINALS 1 AND 2 WITH THE

LONWORKS BUS WIRE. TERMINATION MODULE IS

PHYSICALLY LOCATED BEHIND THE T7770

INSIDE THE 2 X 4 OR 60 MM BOX.

LABEL ON Q7740B 4 WAY REPEATER

NOTE: Q7740B 4 WAY REPEATER SHOWN,

Q7740A 2 WAY REPEATER HAS TWO SWITCHES.

(D) LONWORKS Bus Termination network

switches in the Q7740A, B Repeaters

at 2 x 4 or 60 mm box-mounted T7770

Q7751A LONWORKS BUS

ROUTER

PART NO.

209541B

TERMINATION

MODULE

LONWORKS

BUS

RJ-45

PLUG

NTE2

PART NO.

209541B

WIRE NUTS

TERMINATION MODULE

LONWORKS BUS

(E) Installing L^ONWORKS Bus Termination

Module at W7751H (terminals 11 and 12)

(F) Twist wires and attach wire nuts to RJ-45 Adapter

cables, L^ONWORKS Bus segment wires and Termination

M11618A

Module to connect to a Q7751A,B Router

Fig. 39. LONWORKS® Bus termination wiring options.

Step 5. Order Equipment

After compiling a bill of materials through completion of the

previous application steps, refer to Table 11 for ordering

information. Contact Honeywell for information about

Controllers and Wall Modules with no logo. See Table 11.

Excel 10 W7750 Controller Ordering Information.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 11. Excel 10 W7750 Controller Ordering Information.

Product Description

Part Number

Comments

Excel 10 W7750 Controllers:

W7750A2005

Constant Volume AHU Controller (W7750A)

Three Analog Inputs, Three Digital Inputs and

Six 24 Vac Relay Outputs

W7750B2011

W7750C2001

Constant Volume AHU Controller (W7750B)

Constant Volume AHU Controller (W7750C)

Six Analog Inputs, Five Digital Inputs and Eight

(High-side Low-side switchable)Triac Outputs

Six Analog Inputs, Five Digital Inputs, Five Triac

Outputs and Three Analog Outputs

T7770 and T7560 Wall Modules:

Sensor with Honeywell Logo

Sensor with No Logo

T7770A1006

T7770A1014

T7770A2004

T7770A2012

T7770B1004

Used with Excel 5000 and Excel 10 Controllers

Sensor, LONWORKS Jack and Honeywell Logo Used with Excel 5000 and Excel 10 Controllers

Sensor with LONWORKS Jack and No Logo

Used with Excel 5000 and Excel 10 Controllers

Degrees F Absolute

Sensor with Setpoint and LONWORKS Jack,

Honeywell Logo

T7770B1046

T7770B1012

T7770B1020

T7770B1053

T7770B1038

T7770C1002

T7770C1044

T7770C1010

T7770C1028

T7770C1051

T7770C1036

T7770D1000

T7770D1018

T7560A1018

T7560A1016

Sensor with Setpoint and LONWORKS Jack,

Honeywell Logo

Relative Setpoint

Sensor with Setpoint and LONWORKS Jack, No Degrees F Absolute

Logo

Sensor with Setpoint and LONWORKS Jack,

Honeywell Logo

Degrees C Absolute

Sensor with Setpoint and LONWORKS Jack, No Relative Setpoint

Logo

Sensor with Setpoint and LONWORKS Jack, No Degrees C Absolute

Logo

Sensor with Setpoint, Bypass/LED and

LONWORKS Jack, Honeywell Logo

Degrees F Absolute

Sensor with Setpoint, Bypass/LED and

LONWORKS Jack, Honeywell Logo

Relative Setpoint

Sensor with Setpoint, Bypass/LED and

LONWORKS Jack, No Logo

Degrees F Absolute

Degrees C Absolute

Relative Setpoint

Sensor with Setpoint, Bypass/LED and

LONWORKS Jack, Honeywell Logo

Sensor with Setpoint, Bypass/LED and

LONWORKS Jack, No Logo

Sensor with Setpoint, Bypass/LED and

LONWORKS Jack, No Logo

Degrees C Absolute

Sensor with Bypass/LED and LONWORKS Jack, Degrees F Absolute

Honeywell Logo

Sensor with Bypass/LED and LONWORKS Jack, Degrees C Absolute

No Logo

Digital Wall Module with Sensor, Setpoint and

Bypass/LCD, Honeywell Logo

Digital Wall Module with Sensor, Setpoint,

Bypass/LCD and Humidity, Honeywell Logo

Sensors:

C7770A1006

C7031J1050

C7031B1033

Air Temperature Sensor. 20 Kohm NTC

nonlinearized

Duct-mounted sensor that functions as a

primary and/or secondary sensor.

Averaging Discharge/Return Air Temperature Duct element cord length 12 ft. (3.7m).

Sensor. 20 Kohm NTC

Discharge Air or Hot Water Temperature

Sensor. 20 Kohm NTC

Use 112622AA Immersion Well.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 11. Excel 10 W7750 Controller Ordering Information. (Continued)

Part Number

C7031C1031

Product Description

Comments

18 in. (457mm) insertion length.

—

Duct Discharge/Return Air Sensor. 20 Kohm

C7031D1062

C7031F1018

C7031K1017

C7100A1015

C7170A1002

Hot or chilled Water Temperature Sensor. 20

Kohm NTC

Outside Air Temperature Sensor. 20 Kohm

NTC

W7750B,C only

Strap-on

Hot or chilled Water Temperature Sensor. 20

Kohm NTC

Averaging Discharge/Return Air Temperature 13 in. (330mm) insertion length.

Sensor. PT3000

Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor. PT3000

Echelon Based Components and Parts:

Excel 10 Zone Manager

Router

—

Q7750A2003

Q7751A2002

Q7751B2000

Q7752A2001

Q7752A2009

Q7740A1008

Free Topology Tranceiver (FTT)

(FTT)

Router

Twisted Pair Tranceiver (78 kbps) to FTT

Serial Interface

(FTT)

Serial Interface (PCMCIA card)

Excel 10 2-Way Repeater

Used to extend the length of the LONWORKS

Bus. Contains built in termination modules.

Q7740B1006

Excel 10 4-Way Repeater

Used to extend the length of the LONWORKS

Bus. Contains built in termination modules.

XD 505A

XD 508

Standard C-Bus Communications Submodule

—

C-Bus Communications Submodule (1 megabit

baud rate)

209541B

205979

Termination Module

One/two required per LONWORKS Bus segment

Serial interface to wall module or controller

Operator Terminal Cable for LONWORKS Bus

Accessories (Sensors):

EL7680A1008

EL7628A1007

Wall Mounted Wide View Infrared Occupancy

Sensor

—

Ceiling Mounted Infrared Occupancy Sensor

—

EL7611A1003, EL7612A1001 Ultrasonic Occupancy Sensors

EL7630A1003,

EL7621A1002,

EL7621A1010

Power Supply/Control Units for Occupancy

sensors

C7242A1006

CO Sensor/Monitor

Use to measure the levels of carbon dioxide

C7400A1004

C7600B1000

C7600C1008

C7600C1018

Solid State Enthalpy Sensor (4 to 20 mA)

Solid State Humidity Sensor (2 to 10 V)

Solid State Humidity Sensor (4 to 20 mA)

Solid State Humidity Sensor (2 to 10 V)

Accessories:

For outdoor and return air enthalpy

For outdoor and return air humidity

MMC325-010, MMC325-020 Pneumatic Retrofit Transducers. Select

pressure range: (010) 0 to 10 psi (68.97 kPa) or

(020) 0 to 20 psi (137.93 kPa).

Use to control Pneumatic reheat valves.

MMCA530

DIN rail adapter for MMC325 Transducers

Metal enclosure for MMC325 Transducers

—

MMCA540

ML7984B3000

ML6161B1000

M6410A

Valve Actuator Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) Use with V5011 or V5013 F and G Valves

Damper Actuator Series 60

Valve Actuator Series 60

—

Use with V5852/V5853/V5862/V5863 Valves

ML684A1025

Versadrive Valve Actuator with linkage, Series Use with V5011 and V5013 Valves

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 11. Excel 10 W7750 Controller Ordering Information. (Continued)

Product Description Comments

Part Number

ML6464A1009

Direct Coupled Actuator, 66 lb-in. torque,

Series 60

—

ML6474A1008

Direct Coupled Actuator, 132 lb-in. torque,

Series 60

—

ML6185A1000

Direct Coupled Actuator, 50 lb-in. spring return Series 60

V5852A/V5862A

Two-way terminal unit water valve; 0.19, 0.29, Use with M6410 Valve Actuator. Close-off rating

0.47, 0.74, 1.2, and 1.9 C 1/2 in. npt (13 mm) for 0.19 to 1.9 C is 65 psi; for 2.9 and 4.9, C is

or 2.9 and 4.9 C 3/4 in. npt (19 mm)

45 psi. (Coefficient of volume or capacity index

C = gallons per minute divided by the square

root of the pressure drop across the valve.)

V5853A/V5863A

R8242A

Three-way mixing terminal unit hot water valve; Use with M6410 Valve Actuator. Close-off rating

0.19, 0.29, 0.47, 0.74, 1.2, and 1.9 C 1/2 in. for 0.19 to 0.74 C is 55 psi; 1.2 and 1.9 C is 22

npt (13 mm) or 2.9 and 4.9 C 3/4 in. npt (19

psi; 2.9 and 4.9 C is 26 psi.

mm)

Contactor, 24 Vac coil, DPDT

—

AT72D, AT88A, AK3310, etc. Transformers

EN 50 022

DIN rail 35 mm by 7.5 mm (1-3/8 in. by 5/16 in.) Obtain locally: Each controller requires 5 in.

—

Two DIN rail adapters

Obtain locally: Part number TKAD, from Thomas

and Betts, two for each controller.

Cabling:

Serial Interface Cable, male DB-9 to female

DB-9 or female DB-25.

Obtain locally from any computer hardware

vendor.

LONWORKS Bus (plenum): 22 AWG (0.34 mm²)

twisted pair solid conductor, nonshielded or

Echelon approved cable.

Honeywell

AK3791 (one twisted pair)

AK3792 (two twisted pairs)

Level IV 140°F (60°C) rating

Honeywell AK3781 (one

twisted pair) AK3782 (two

twisted pairs)

LONWORKS Bus (nonplenum): 22 AWG (0.34

mm²) twisted pair solid conductor, nonshielded

or Echelon approved cable.

Level IV 140°F (60°C) rating

Inputs: 18 AWG (1.0 mm²) five wire cable

bundle

Outputs/Power: 14 to 18 AWG (2.0 to 1.0 mm²)

Honeywell AK3725

Standard thermostat wire

NEC Class 2 140°F (60°C) rating

Non-plenum

Honeywell AK3752 (typical or

equivalent)

18 AWG (1.0 mm²) twisted pair

Honeywell AK3702 (typical or

equivalent)

16 AWG (1.3 mm²) twisted pair

Honeywell AK3712 (typical or

equivalent)

Non-plenum

14 AWG (2.0 mm²) two conductor

Honeywell AK3754 (typical or

equivalent)

Non-plenum

is printed on the terminal labels. Also see the wiring details in

Fig. 27 in Step 4, Prepare Wiring Diagrams. The labeled I/O

terminals are defined in Table 10.

Step 6. Configure Controllers

Excel E-Vision PC Software is used to configure W7750

Controllers to match their intended application. The E-Vision

User Guide, form number 74-2588 provides details for

operating the PC software.

Step 7. Troubleshooting

W7750 Controllers are shipped from the factory with a default

hardware configuration. On power-up, the controller

configuration parameters are set to the default values listed in

Table 20 in Appendix C. The controller can operate normally

in this mode (if the equipment and wiring match the default

setup), and given valid sensor inputs, the outputs are

Troubleshooting Excel 10 Controllers and Wall

Modules

In addition to the following information, refer to the Installation

Instructions and Checkout and Test manual for each product.

Most products have a Checkout and Test section in their

Installation Instructions manual. If not, look for a separate

Checkout and Test manual. See the Applicable Literature

section for form numbers.

controlled appropriately to maintain space temperature at the

default setpoint. The default I/O arrangement for the W7750A

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

1. Check the version numbers of the controller firmware,

E-Vision and the E-Vision script.

2. Check the wiring to the power supply and make sure

there is a good earth ground to the controller.

3. Check the occupancy and HVAC modes.

4. Compare the current actual setpoint with the actual

space temperature.

5. Check the desired configuration settings.

6. Check the network wiring and type of wire used.

7. Check the Zone Manager mapping and referred points.

80K

70K

60K

50K

40K

30K

20K OHM AT

20K

77^oF (25^oC)

NOTE: If the fan shuts off periodically for no specific reason

and the controller restarts the fan by itself after about

20 to 60 seconds, the cause could be a bad Air Flow

switch. If the controller has a digital input assigned

as a Proof of Air Flow input, try unconfiguring this

digital input to see if these shutdowns continue. If

not, adjust or replace the Air Flow switch to get it

working.

10K

110 ^oF

100

TEMPERATURE (DEGREES)

^oC

AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

10K OHM SETPOINT POT

RESISTANCE VALUES

M11620

Temperature Sensor and Setpoint Potentiometer

Resistance Ranges

Fig. 40. Temperature sensor resistance plots.

The T7770 or T7560A,B Wall Modules or the C7770A Air

Temperature Sensor has the following specified calibration

points, which are plotted in Fig. 40:

Alarms

When an Excel 10 has an alarm condition, it reports it to the

central node on the LONWORKS Bus (typically, the Excel 10

Zone Manager). See Table 12. Information contained in an

alarm message is:

Temperature (°F)

Resistance Value (ohms)

11755

18478

24028

31525

52675

• Subnet Number:

LONWORKS Bus subnet that contains the Excel 10 node

that has the alarm condition. Subnet 1 is on the Zone

Manager side of the router; Subnet 2 is on the other

side.

The T7770 Wall Module setpoint potentiometers have the

following calibration points:

• Node Number:

Temperature (°F)

Resistance Value (ohms)

Excel 10 node that has the alarm condition (see

Network Alarm).

• Alarm Type:

1290

5500

9846

Specific alarm being issued. An Excel 10 can provide

the alarm types listed in Table 12.

Table 12. Excel 10 Alarms.

Alarm type

number

Name of alarm or error bit

Meaning of alarm code or error bit

RETURN_TO_NORMAL

128U

Return to no alarm after being in an alarm condition. This code is added

numerically to another alarm code to indicate that the alarm condition has

returned to normal.

ALARM_NOTIFY_DISABLED

255U

The alarm reporting was turned off by DestManMode. No more alarms are

reported until DestManMode turns on alarm reporting or on application restart.

NO_ALARM

No alarms presently detected.

INPUT_NV_FAILURE

One or more NV inputs have failed in receiving an update within their specified

FAILURE_DETECT_TIME.

NODE_DISABLED

The control algorithm has stopped because the controller is in

DISABLED_MODE, MANUAL or FACTORY_TEST mode. No more alarms are

reported when the controller is in the DISABLED_MODE. Alarms continue to be

reported if the controller is in the MANUAL or FACTORY_TEST mode.

SENSOR_FAILURE

One or more sensors have failed.

FROST_PROTECTION_ALARM

The space temperature is below the frost alarm limit 42.8°F (6°C) when the

mode is FREEZE_PROTECT. The alarm condition remains until the temperature

exceeds the alarm limit plus hysterisis.

INVALID_SET_POINT

One of the setpoints is not in the valid range.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 12. Excel 10 Alarms. (Continued)

Alarm type

number

Name of alarm or error bit

Meaning of alarm code or error bit

LOSS_OF_AIR_FLOW

The Fan Status DI indicates that there is no air flow when the node is

commanding the fan to run. The control is shut down and disabled until power is

cycled or the node is reset. See NOTE below. The alarm is not issued until

FanFailTime seconds have elapsed since the loss-of-flow condition was first

reported

DIRTY_FILTER

SMOKE_ALARM

IAQ_OVERRIDE

The pressure drop across the filter exceeds the limit and the filter requires

maintenance. The control runs normally.

The smoke detector has detected smoke and the node has entered an

emergency state.

The indoor air quality sensor has detected that the indoor air quality is less than

the desired standard and additional outdoor air is being brought into the

conditioned space.

LOW_LIM_ECON_CLOSE

The economizer has to close beyond the minimum position to prevent the

discharge air temperature from going below the discharge temperature low limit.

NOTE: The node can be reset by switching the node to

MANUAL and then to the normal operating mode

(see Fan Operation in Appendix B).

The commissioning tool is used to perform the ID Assignment

task (see the E-Vision User’s Guide, form 74-2588).

Also, the Excel 10 variables, AlarmLogX where X is 1 through

5, that store the last five alarms to occur in the controller, are

available. These points can be viewed through XBS or

E-Vision.

SERVICE

BUTTON

Certain alarm conditions are suppressed conditionally as

follows:

Broadcasting the Service Message

The Service Message allows a device on the LONWORKS Bus

to be positively identified. The Service Message contains the

controller ID number and, therefore, can be used to confirm

the physical location of a particular Excel 10 in a building.

There are three methods of broadcasting the Service

Message from an Excel 10 W7750 Controller. One uses a

hardware service pin button on the side of the controller (see

Fig. 41). The second uses the wall module pushbutton (see

Fig. 43 and 44). By pressing the wall module pushbutton for

more than four seconds, the controller sends out the Service

Message. The third involves using the PC Configuration tool,

as follows.

M10094

Fig. 41. Location of the Service Pin Button.

W7750 Controller Status LED

When an Assign ID command is issued from the

commissioning tool, the node goes into the

The LED on the front and center of a W7750 Controller

provides a visual indication of the status of the device. See

Fig. 42. When the W7750 receives power, the LED should

appear in one of the following allowable states:

SERVICE_MESSAGE mode for five minutes. In the

SERVICE_MESSAGE mode, pressing the Occupancy

Override button on the remote wall module (refer to Fig. 43

and 44 for override button location) causes the Service

Message to be broadcast on the network. All other functions

are normal in the SERVICE_MESSAGE mode. Even if an

Excel 10 W7750 Controller does not have an Override button

connected, it can broadcast the Service Message on the

network by temporarily shorting the Controller Bypass Input

terminal to the Sensor Ground terminal on the W7750A,B,C

(short terminals 3 and 5).

1. Off—no power to the processor.

2. Continuously On—processor is in initialized state.

3. Slow Blink—controlling, normal state.

4. Fast Blink—when the Excel 10 has an alarm condition.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Press and release the bypass pushbutton, located on the

T7560A,B Digital Wall Modules in Fig. 44 for more than one

second to cause the sun symbol on the bottom right side of

the LCD display to appear. Pressing the bypass pushbutton

for more than four seconds causes the controller, hard-wired

to the T7560A,B, to go into continuous unoccupied override.

The T7560A,B displays the moon symbol.

W7750

COM

DI-4

-3

DI-2

DI-1

OUT

BYPASS

PUSHBUTTON

GND

LED

BYP

ASS

SNSR

SET PT

AI-1

OHM

A1-2

OHM

AI-3

V/mA

AI-4

V/mA

20VDC

OUT

-B

STATUS

LED

M10095A

Fig. 42. LED location on W7750.

M17500

T7770C,D Wall Module Bypass Pushbutton and

Override LED

Fig. 44. The T7560A,B Digital Wall Module Bypass

pushbutton location.

Pressing the bypass pushbutton, located on the T7770C,D

Wall Modules in Fig. 43, causes the override LED to display

the Manual Override mode of the controller. The modes are:

APPENDICES

Appendix A. Using E-Vision to Commission a

W7750 Controller.

T7770C

T7770D

NOTE: When commissioning a CVAHU W7750 Controller,

E-Vision first checks that the actual hardware model

(such as W7750A,B,C) is the same type which was

selected from the Application Selection/Output tab. If

the types do not match, the download does not occur

and the user-entered values in the Application

OVERRIDE

LED

OVERRIDE

LED

BYPASS

PUSHBUTTON

Selection screens all revert back to default values.

Sensor Calibration

The space temperature, the optional resistive and voltage/

current (W7750B,C only) inputs can all be calibrated. The wall

module setpoint potentiometer can not be calibrated.

BYPASS

PUSHBUTTON

M11617

Perform the sensor calibration by adding an offset value

(either positive or negative) to the sensed value using

E-Vision menus (see E-Vision user guide, form number

74-2588).

Fig. 43. The T7770C,D Wall Modules LED and Bypass

pushbutton locations.

1. LED = Off. No override active.

2. LED = Continuously on. Bypass mode (timed Occupied

override).

3. LED = One flash per second. Continuous Unoccupied

override.

4. LED = Two flashes per second. Remote only, continu-

ous Occupied override.

When calibrating voltage/current sensors on the (W7750B,C),

the offset amount entered by the user is in volts, regardless of

the inputs actual engineering units. See Appendix E for

information on how to derive the proper voltage value to enter

as an offset during calibration.

Setting the Pid Parameters

T7560A,B Digital Wall Module Bypass Pushbutton

and LCD Display Occupancy Symbols

See Fig. 44 for the T7560A,B Digital Wall Module bypass

pushbutton location.

The W7750 is designed to control a wide variety of

mechanical systems in many types of buildings. With this

flexibility, it is necessary to verify the stability of the

temperature control in each different type of application.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Occasionally, the PID parameters require tuning to optimize

comfort and smooth equipment operation. This applies to the

W7750A,B,C Controllers.

lists some recommended values to use as a starting point.

These recommended values are based on past experience

with the applications and in most cases do not require further

adjustment.

CVAHU Controllers are configured by E-Vision with default

values of PID parameters as shown in Appendix C Table 21. If

different values for these parameters are desired, Table 13

Table 13. Recommended Values For PID Parameters.

Heat Heat

Prop. Integ.

Gain Gain

Heat

Deriv.

Gain

Heat

Control Prop.

Band

Cool

Integ.

Cool

Deriv.

Gain

Cool

Control Control

Band

Econ

Equipment Configuration

Single Stage

Gain

3000

2000

1500

1000

750

Band

3000

2000

1500

1000

750

Two Stages

Three Stages

4.5

Four Stages

Series 60 Modulating (Floating)

PWM Modulating

900

If the PID parameters require adjustment away from these

values, use caution to ensure that equipment problems do not

arise (see CAUTION below). If any change to PID control

parameters is made, the adjustments should be gradual. After

each change, the system should be allowed to stabilize so the

effects of the change can be accurately observed. Then

further refinements can made, as needed, until the system is

operating as desired.

— The Derivative Gain (also called Derivative Time)

determines how much impact the error rate has on the

output signal. The error rate is how fast the error value is

changing. It can also be the direction the space

temperature is going, either toward or away from the

setpoint, and its speed—quickly or slowly. A decrease in

Derivative Gain causes a given error rate to have a larger

effect on the output signal.

— The Control Band is used only for discharge temperature

control of modulating outputs, which includes controlling

the economizer dampers, and heating and cooling valves

using Cascade Control. The Control Band dictates the

span through which the discharge temperature must travel

to cause the output signal to go from fully closed to fully

open. Also, 10 percent of the Control Band value is the size

of the deadband around the setpoint where no actuator

motion occurs. For example, if controlling a cooling valve

with Cascade Control enabled and with the discharge

temperature within 0.1 X DaTempClCtrlBd of the discharge

setpoint, there is no change in the current valve position.

The smaller the Control Band, the more responsive the

control output. A larger Control Band causes more sluggish

control. Be careful not to set the Control Band too low and

cause large over or under shoots (hunting). This can

happen if the space or discharge sensors or wiring are in

noisy environments and the value reported to the controller

is not stable (such that it bounces). The Control Band is

used only in modulating control, and has no purpose when

staged control is configured.

CAUTION

If large or frequent changes to PID control parameters

are made, it is possible to cause equipment problems

such as short cycling compressors (if the stage

minimum run times were disabled in User Addresses

DisMinClTime or DisMinHtTime). Other problems that

can occur include wide swings in space temperature

and excessive overdriving of modulating outputs.

If adjustment of PID parameters is required, use the following.

In the items that follow, the term, error, refers to the difference

between the measured space temperature and the current

actual space temperature setpoint.

— The Proportional Gain (also called Throttling Range)

determines how much impact the error has on the output

signal. Decreasing the Proportional Gain amplifies the

effect of the error; that is, for a given error, a small

Proportional Gain causes a higher output signal value.

— The Integral Gain (also called Integral Time) determines

how much impact the error-over-time has on the output

signal. Error-over-time has two components making up its

value: the amount of time the error exists; and the size of

the error. The higher the Integral Gain, the slower the

control response. In other words, a decrease in Integral

Gain causes a more rapid response in the output signal.

Appendix B. Sequences of Operation.

This Appendix provides the control sequences of operation for

the models of the Excel 10 W7750 CVAHU Controller. The

W7750A,B,C Controllers can be configured to control a wide

variety of possible equipment arrangements. Table 14 and 15

(copied from Tables 3 and 4) summarize the available options.

This Appendix provides a more detailed discussion of these

options.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

NOTE: Each W7750 Controller must have a space

temperature sensor input either wired directly to the

controller, or shared from another LONWORKS Bus

device, and must have a digital output configured for

controlling the supply fan. In addition, if modulating

economizer control is desired, a discharge air

temperature sensor must be physically connected to

the Excel 10 W7750 Controller. A discharge

Common Operations

The Excel 10 W7750 Controller applications have many

common operations that are applicable regardless of the type

of heating, cooling, or economizer equipment configuration.

These operations are available to the W7750A and the

W7750B,C Versions of the CVAHU Controller, and the I/O and

network configurations for them are summarized in Table 14.

temperature signal cannot be brought into the

controller through the LONWORKS Bus network.

Available input options are from the wall module and the

hard-wired analog and digital inputs. Each application can

have only a subset of these devices configured based on the

number of physical I/O points available. However, some of the

inputs are available over the LONWORKS Bus network.

Table 14. Common Configuration Options Summary For W7750A,B,C Controllers.

Option

Possible Configurations Common To All W7750 Models

1. Mandatory Digital Output.

1. Conventional.

Supply Fan

Type of Air Handler

2. Heat Pump.

Occupancy Sensor

Window Sensor

1. None.

2. Connected: Contacts closed equals Occupied.

3. Network (Occ/Unocc signal received via the LONWORKS Bus network).

1. None.

2. Physically Connected: Contacts closed equals window closed.

3. Network (Window Open/Closed signal received via the LONWORKS Bus).

1. Local (direct wired to the controller).

Wall Module Option

(The T77560A,B has no LONWORKS Bus access) 2. Network (sensor value received via the LONWORKS Bus).

Wall Module Type

1. Sensor only.

(All wall modules have a LONWORKS Bus access

jack except T7560A,B)

2. Sensor and Setpoint adjust.

3. Sensor, Setpoint adjust and Bypass.

4. Sensor and Bypass.

Smoke Emergency Initiation

1. None.

2. Physically Connected: Contacts closed equals smoke detected.

3. Network (Emergency/Normal signal received via the LONWORKS Bus).

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 15. Configuration Options Summary For W7750A,B,C Controllers.

Possible Configurations for the

W7750A Model

Option

Type of

Possible Configurations for the W7750B,C Models

1. One stage.

2. Two stages.

3. Three stages.

4. Four stages.

5. None.

Heating

2. Two stages.

3. Three stages.

4. Four stages.

5. Series 60 Modulating electric valve, or pneumatic via transducer.

6. Pulse Width Modulating electric valve, or pneumatic via transducer.

7. None.

Type of

Cooling

1. One stage.

2. Two stages.

3. Three stages.

4. Four stages.

5. None.

1. One stage.

2. Two stages.

3. Three stages.

4. Four stages.

5. Series 60 Modulating electric valve, or pneumatic via transducer.

6. Pulse Width Modulating electric valve, or pneumatic via transducer.

7. None.

Type of

Economizer

1. Digital Output Enable/Disable

signal for controlling an external

economizer package.

1. Digital Output Enable/Disable signal for controlling an external

economizer package.

2. Series 60 Modulating electric

damper motor, or pneumatic via

transducer.

2. Series 60 Modulating electric damper motor, or pneumatic via

transducer.

3. None.

3. Pulse Width Modulating electric damper motor, or pneumatic via

transducer.

4. None.

1. None.

IAQ Option

1. None.

2. Local IAQ Digital Input—directly

wired to the controller. (Contacts

closed means poor IAQ is

detected.)

2. Local IAQ Digital Input—directly wired to the controller. (Contacts

closed means poor IAQ is detected.)

3. Network (IAQ Override signal

received via the LONWORKS Bus).

3. Network (IAQ Override signal received via the LONWORKS Bus).

4. Local CO₂Analog Input—directly wired to the controller. (The sensor

must be a 0 to 10V device representing 0 to 2000 PPM CO₂.)

Coil Freeze

Stat Option

1. None.

2. Local Coil Freeze Stat Digital

2. Local Coil Freeze Stat Digital Input—directly wired to the controller.

Input—directly wired to the controller. (Contacts closed means that coil freeze condition is sensed.)

(Contacts closed means that coil

freeze condition is sensed.)

Filter Monitor 1. None.

1. None.

Option

2. Local Dirty Filter Digital

2. Local Dirty Filter Digital Input—directly wired to the controller.

Input—directly wired to the

controller. (Contacts closed means

that the filter is dirty.)

(Contacts closed means that the filter is dirty.)

3. Local Analog Input for Differential Pressure across the Filter (directly

wired to the controller). The sensor must be a 2 to 10V device

representing 0 to 5 inw (1.25 kPa).

ROOM TEMPERATURE SENSOR (RmTemp)

LONWORKS Bus device. If no valid room temperature value is

available to the W7750 Controller, the temperature control

algorithm in the controller is disabled, causing the heating,

cooling, and economizer control outputs to be turned off. If the

W7750 Controller is configured for Continuous Fan (rather

This is the room space temperature sensor. This sensor is the

T7770 or the T7560A,B Wall Module. When it is configured, it

provides the temperature input for the W7750 temperature

control loop. If it is not configured, it is required that a room

temperature sensor value be transmitted from another

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

than Intermittent Fan (see Fan Operation in this Appendix),

and the mode is Occupied when the RmTemp value becomes

invalid, the fan continues to run.

OverrideType

OverrideType specifies the behavior of the override button on

the wall module. There are three possible states that have the

following meanings:

REMOTE SETPOINT (RmtStptPot)

This is the Setpoint Potentiometer contained in the T7770 or

the T7560A,B Wall Module. When configured, this occupant

value is set to calculate the actual cooling or heating

Occupied Setpoint. There are two options for how to calculate

the actual setpoint to be used by the temperature control

algorithm: (Offset) and (Absolute Middle). When SetPtKnob is

set to Offset, the Wall Module setpoint knob represents a

number from -9° to +9°F (-5° to +5°C) which is added to the

software occupied setpoints for the heat and the cool modes

(CoolOccSpt and HeatOccSpt). When SetPtKnob is set to

Absolute Middle, the setpoint knob becomes the center of the

Zero Energy Band (ZEB) between the cooling and heating

occupied setpoints. The size of the ZEB is found by taking the

difference between the software heating and cooling occupied

setpoints; therefore, for Absolute Middle, the actual setpoints

are found as follows:

NONE disables the override button.

NORMAL causes the override button to set the OverRide

state to OC_BYPASS for BypassTime (default 180

minutes), when the override button has been pressed

for approximately 1 to 4 seconds, or to set the OverRide

state to UNOCC when the button has been pressed for

approximately 4 to 7 seconds. When the button is

pressed longer than approximately 7 seconds, then the

OverRide state is set to OC_NUL (no manual override is

active).

BYPASS_ONLY causes the override button to set the

OverRide state to OC_BYPASS for BypassTime (default

180 minutes), on the first press (1 to 7 seconds). On the

next press, the OverRide state is set to OC_NUL (no

manual over ride is active).

OverridePriority

ActualCoolSpt = RmtStptPot +

(CoolOccSpt - HeatOccSpt) / 2

ActualHeatSpt = RmtStptPot -

OverridePriority configures the override arbitration between

nviManOcc, nviBypass.state, and the wall module override

button. There are two possible states which have the following

meanings:

(CoolOccSpt - HeatOccSpt) / 2

During Standby and Unoccupied times, the remote setpoint

pot is not referenced, and the software setpoints for those

modes are used instead.

LAST specifies that the last command received from either

the wall module or nviManOcc determines the effective

override state.

SETPOINT LIMITS (LoSetptLim AND HiSetptLim)

NET specifies that when nviManOcc is not OC_NUL, then

the effective occupancy is nviManOcc regardless of the

wall module override state.

Remote setpoint pot limits are provided by LoSetptLim and

HiSetptLim. The occupied setpoints used in the control

algorithms are limited by these parameters. When the setpoint

knob is configured to be of type Absolute Middle, the lowest

actual setpoint allowed is equal to LoSetptLim, and the

highest actual setpoint allowed is equal to HiSetptLim. When

the setpoint knob is configured to be an Offset type, the lowest

actual setpoint allowed is equal to HeatOccSpt - LoSetptLim,

and the highest allowed is equal to CoolOccSpt + HiSetptLim.

CYCLES PER HOUR (ubHeatCph AND ubCoolCph)

ubHeatCph specifies the mid-load number of on / off cycles

per hour (default is 6), when the mode is HEAT. ubCoolCph

specifies the mid-load number of on / off cycles per hour

(default is 3), when the mode is COOL. This is to protect the

mechanical equipment against short cycling causing

excessive wear. In addition the cycle rate specifies the

minimum on and off time according to Table 17.

BYPASS MODE (StatusOvrd AND StatusLed)

During Unoccupied periods, the facility occupant can request

that Occupied temperature control setpoints be observed by

depressing the Bypass pushbutton on the wall module. When

activated, the controller remains in Bypass mode until:

1. Bypass Duration Setting has timed out (BypTime), or

2. User again presses the Wall Module pushbutton to

switch off Bypass mode, or

T7770C,D OR T7560A,B WALL MODULE BYPASS PUSHBUTTON

OPERATION

The Wall Module Bypass pushbutton is located on both the

T7770C,D or the T7560A,B Wall Modules, see Fig. 43 and 44.

The bypass pushbutton can change the controller into various

occupancy modes, see Table 16.

3. Occupancy schedule (DestSchedOcc network input or

TimeClckOcc digital input) switches the mode to

Occupied.

4. User sets the DestManOcc network point to Not

Assigned.

The LED on the T7770 Wall Module (Override LED) indicates

the current bypass mode status (see the T7770C,D Wall

Module Bypass Pushbutton and Override LED section). The

LCD on the T7560 Digital Wall Module indicates the current

bypass mode status (see the T7560A,B Digital Wall Module

Bypass Pushbutton and LCD Occupancy Symbols section).

Table 16. Bypass Pushbutton Operation.

If the pushbutton is But for not

held down for

Less than 1 second

1 second

more than The resulting mode is

—

No Override is active

4 seconds Bypass (a timed Occupied

Override)

4 seconds

7 seconds Continuous Unoccupied

Override

NOTES: If the pushbutton is held down for longer than seven

seconds, the controller reverts back to No Override

and repeats the cycle above. See Fig. 45.

Continuous Occupied override mode can only be

initiated remotely; that is, over the LONWORKS Bus

network.

BypassTime

BypassTime is the time between the pressing of the override

button at the wall module (or initiating OC_BYPASS via

nviManOcc) and the return to the original occupancy state.

When the bypass state has been activated, the bypass timer

is set to BypassTime (default of 180 minutes).

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

RESET

NOT ASSIGNED

(LED OFF)

PRESS FOR LESS

THAN ONE SECOND

BYPASS

TIMEOUT

PRESS FOR ONE

TO FOUR SECONDS

BYPASS OCCUPIED

(LED ON)

PRESS FOR FOUR

TO SEVEN SECONDS

PRESS FOR LESS THAN ONE SECOND

UNOCCUPIED

(LED BLINK)

PRESS FOR MORE THAN SEVEN SECONDS

M8483A

Fig. 45. LED and Bypass pushbutton operation.

STANDBY MODE (StatusOcySen)

OCCUPANCY MODE AND MANUAL OVERRIDE ARBITRATION

The W7750 has multiple sources for occupancy schedule

information and, therefore, it employs an arbitration scheme to

determine the current actual mode. Time-of-day (TOD)

schedule status comes from two sources, a configured digital

input for OccTimeClock or the DestSchedOcc network input

received from a central control. If the digital input source is

configured, it has highest priority and determines the

Occupancy mode. This digital input is either ON (shorted =

occupied), OFF (open = unoccupied), or not active (not

configured); otherwise, the status is determined by the

DestSchedOcc input from the network source. The

DestSchedOcc has three possible states, occupied,

unoccupied or standby.

The digital input for an occupancy sensor (usually a motion

detector or possibly a time clock) provides the controller with a

means to enter an energy-saving Standby mode whenever

people are not in the room. Standby mode occurs when the

scheduled occupancy is Occupied, and the occupancy sensor

detects no people currently in the room (digital input contacts

Closed means people are in the room, and contacts Open

means the room is Unoccupied). When in Standby mode, the

Excel 10 W7750 Controller uses the Standby Cooling Setpoint

for cooling (CoolStbySpt), or the Standby Heating Setpoint for

Heating (HeatStbySpt) as the Actual Space Temperature

Setpoint. The occupancy sensor signal can also be a network

input from another LONWORKS Bus device, so that no physical

sensor is required at the receiving W7750 Controller.

Manual Override Status can be derived from three sources

and governed by two selectable arbitration schemes. The two

schemes are:

IMPORTANT

When the W7750 Controller is in Standby mode, the

economizer minimum position setting is not

observed. This means the fresh air dampers will go

fully closed if there is no call for cooling.

•

Network Wins or Last-in Wins, as set in OvrdPriority.

The three sources of manual override status are:

DestManOcc -

Has possible states: Occupied,

CONTINUOUS UNOCCUPIED MODE

Unoccupied, Bypass, Standby and Not

Assigned (not active). This input source

has the highest priority in determining

manual override status for a Network

Wins arbitration scheme, and in the

event there is more than one source

change at a time in the Last-in Wins

arbitration scheme. Here, bypass

initiates a self-timed bypass of the

control unit and expires upon

completion of the defined timed period.

The controller then treats the bypass

status of this input as Not Assigned until

the next change in status.

This mode is entered when a wall module is configured with a

Bypass pushbutton that was pressed for four to seven

seconds causing the wall module LED/LCD to blink. This

mode can also be entered via a network command

(ManualOcc set to Unoccupied). If the controller is in this

mode, it reverts to the Unoccupied setpoints for temperature

control, and the economizer does not observe its minimum

position setting. The controller remains in this mode

indefinitely until the Bypass pushbutton is pressed to exit the

mode or a network command is sent to clear the mode. A

configuration parameter is available to disable wall-module

initiation of Continuous Unoccupied mode (OvrdType).

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

DestBypass -

Has possible states: Bypass On,

SETPOINT RAMPING

Bypass Off or Not Assigned (not active).

This input places the controller in an

untimed bypass state or turns off the

bypass mode. This source is second in

priority to DestManOcc under the same

arbitration schemes mentioned above.

The W7750 Controller incorporates a ramping feature that

gradually changes the space setpoints between occupancy

modes. This feature is only operational if the network variable

inputs DestSchedOcc, TodEventNext, and Time Until Next

Change Of State (TUNCOS) are being used to change the

W7750 Occupancy mode. The applicable Setpoints are

OaTempMinHtRamp, OaTempMaxHtRamp, MinHtRamp and

MaxHtRamp (for HEAT mode operation), and

Override Button -The wall module Override pushbutton

can command status of Bypass,

OaTempMinClRamp, OaTempMaxClRamp, MinClRamp and

MaxClRamp (for the COOL mode operation). See Fig. 46 for a

pictorial representation of how these setpoints interact.

Continuous Unoccupied and Not

Assigned. This source has the lowest

priority status in the above mentioned

schemes. The above mention sources

of override must be either Not Assigned

or Off before the Override pushbutton

affects the manual override status in the

Network Wins scheme. All actions, in

this case, taken from the Override

pushbutton are locked out.

During recovery operation, the setpoint changes at a rate in

degrees per hour depending on the outdoor air temperature. If

there is no outdoor air temperature sensor available, then

MinHtRamp is used as the recovery rate.

HEAT RECOVERY

RAMP RATE

(DEGREES/HOUR)

Bypass status is a controller-timed

event whose duration is set in BypTime.

Upon expiration of the timer, the status

returns to Not Assigned. The status of

this input can be overridden with the

receipt of Not Assigned from

MaxHtRam

DestManOcc. This, in effect, cancels a

timed bypass or a continuous

unoccupied mode.

MinHtRam

The Override pushbutton can be

configured as Normal (all of the above

mentioned states are possible), Bypass

Only (Bypass and Not Assigned only) or

None (effectively Disabling the Override

pushbutton).

OUTDOOR AIR

TEMPERATURE

OaTempMinHtRa

OaTempMaxHtRam

M10109

Fig. 46. Setpoint ramping parameters with ramp rate

calculation.

TIME CLOCK (Occ_Time_Clock)

NOTE: Recovery ramping applies between scheduled

heating or cooling setpoint changes from

OccTimeClock is the state of the digital input configured and

wired to a time clock. When the digital input is detected to be

Closed (Occupied), the scheduled occupancy will be

OC_OCCUPIED. If the detected state of the digital input is

Open (Unoccupied), then the scheduled occupancy will be

OC_UNOCCUPIED. If the Occ_Time_Clock is not configured,

then either the DestSchedOcc network input received from a

central control or the time clock that is broadcast from a

Sched_Master configured W7750, controls the occupied

mode.

UNOCCUPIED to STANDBY, UNOCCUPIED to

OCCUPIED, and STANDBY to OCCUPIED.

Scheduled setpoint changes from OCCUPIED to

UNOCCUPIED or OCCUPIED to STANDBY do not

use a ramped setpoint but instead use a step change

in setpoint. Recovery ramps begin before the next

scheduled occupancy time and are ramped from the

setpoint for the existing scheduled occupancy state

to the setpoint for the next occupancy state.

SCHEDULE MASTER (Sched_Master)

RECOVERY RAMPING FOR HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS

Sched_Master is the state of a digital input that is configured

and wired to the W7750. If the Sched_Master input is closed

(input shorted), the node is the schedule master and the state

of the locally connected time clock will be broadcast out over

the LONWORKS Bus to the other W7750 controllers. If the

Sched_Master input is open, then the node is not a schedule

master and the local time clock will not be sent out over the

LONWORKS Bus even if the time clock input is configured.

However, the DestSchedOcc network input received from a

central control has a higher priority than the local time clock,

and therefore overrides the local time clock. The W7750

controllers automatically bind without the need for a

configuration tool.

When the node is controlling heat pump equipment, during the

recovery ramps, the heating setpoint is split into a heat pump

setpoint (for compressors) and an auxiliary heat setpoint (for

auxiliary heat stages). The heat pump setpoint is a step

change at the recovery time prior to the OCCUPIED time.

Recovery time is computed from the configured heat recovery

ramp rate. The recovery time is calculated:

Recovery time = (OCC setpoint - current setpoint)/ramp rate

See Fig. 47 for the various setpoints.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Standby or Unoccupied modes, the fan cycles on with a call

for cooling (or heating if the FanOnHtMode parameter is set).

In Intermittent Fan mode, the fan cycles on with a call for

cooling (or heating if the FanOnHtMode parameter is set), and

cycles off when the space temperature control is satisfied.

HEAT PUMP

SETPOINT

(FOR COMPRESSORS)

OCC setpoint

AUX HEAT

SETPOINT

The fan control supports an optional (Proof of Air Flow) digital

input, that allows monitoring of the supply fans status. If the

fan is commanded on, the Proof of Air Flow digital input is

checked up to three times to verify that the fan is running after

an initial delay of FanOnDelay seconds (user-settable). If the

fan fails to start the CVAHU must be reset by first cycling

CVAHU power. If this does not work, set DestManMode to

Manual and then back to Enable. After a reset the application

restarts—all outputs switch off and auto control is enabled.

UN_OCC setpoint

STANDBY setpoint

RECOVERY TIME

OCCUPIED TIME

M10110

Also, the W7750 Controller provides fan-run-on operation that

keeps the fan running for a short time after heating or cooling

shuts off. The amount of time that the fan continues to run is

set in FanRunOnHeat for heating mode and FanRunOnCool

for cooling mode.

Fig. 47. Setpoint ramping parameters with setpoint

calculation.

During the COOL recovery period, the setpoint changes at a

rate in degrees per hour relative to the outdoor air

temperature. If there is no outdoor air temperature sensor

available, the MinClRamp is used as the recovery rate.

WINDOW SENSOR (StatusWndw)

The digital input for a window contact provides the algorithm

with a means to disable its temperature control activities if

someone has opened a window or door in the room. When a

window is detected to be Open (digital input contacts Open

equals window open), the normal temperature control is

disabled, and the W7750 Controller enters the Freeze Protect

mode. Freeze Protect mode sets the space setpoint to 46.4 °F

(8°C) and brings on the fan and heat if the space temperature

falls below this setpoint. Normal temperature control resumes

on window closure. The Window sensor signal can also be a

network input from another LONWORKS Bus device, so that no

physical sensor is required at the receiving W7750 Controller.

See Fig. 48 for the various setpoints.

COOL RECOVERY

RAMP RATE

(DEGREES/HOUR)

MaxClRam

SMOKE CONTROL

The Excel 10 W7750 Controller supports three smoke-related

control strategies:

MinClRam

1. Emergency Shutdown (all outputs off).

2. Depressurize (fan on, outdoor air damper closed).

3. Pressurize (fan on, outdoor air damper open).

OUTDOOR AIR

TEMPERATURE

OaTempMinClRa

OaTempMaxClRam

M10111

Fig. 48. Setpoint ramping parameters with ramp rate

calculation.

The controller is placed in one of these three control states

whenever the W7750 mode becomes

SMOKE_EMERGENCY, which can be initiated via a network

command (DestEmergCmd) or from a local (physically

connected) smoke detector digital input. When in

SMOKE_EMERGENCY mode, the W7750 Controller uses the

control strategy found in SmkCtlMode (one of the three listed

above), and the normal temperature control function is

disabled. If a W7750 local smoke detector trips, the SrcEmerg

network variable (for other LONWORKS Bus devices to receive)

is set to the Emergency state.

NOTES: The setpoint used during the COOL recovery period

is similar to the heat mode in Fig. 46, except the

slope of the line reverses for cooling.

Recovery ramping applies between scheduled heat-

ing or cooling setpoint changes from UNOCCUPIED

to STANDBY, UNOCCUPIED to OCCUPIED, and

STANDBY to OCCUPIED. Scheduled setpoint

changes from OCCUPIED to UNOCCUPIED or

OCCUPIED to STANDBY do not use a ramped set-

point, but instead, use a step change in setpoint.

Recovery ramps begin before the next scheduled

occupancy time and are ramped from the setpoint for

the existing scheduled occupancy state to the set-

point for the next occupancy state.

DEMAND LIMIT CONTROL (DLC)

When The LONWORKS Bus network receives a high-electrical-

demand signal, the controller applies a DlcBumpTemp amount

to the current actual space temperature setpoint value. The

setpoint is always adjusted in the energy-saving direction.

This means that if the W7750 Controller is in Cooling mode,

the DLC offset bumps the control point up, and when in

Heating mode, bumps the control point down.

FAN OPERATION

The W7750 supply fan can be controlled in one of two

different ways. In Continuous Fan mode, the fan runs

whenever the controller is in Occupied mode. When in

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

DIRTY FILTER MONITOR

the START_UP_WAIT mode for a pseudo-random period

(depending on neuron_id) between 12 and 22 seconds and

then transitions to one of the operating modes, depending on

the inputs that are read from the physical and network inputs.

The pseudo random period prevents multiple controllers from

simultaneously starting major electrical loads when power is

restored to a building.

The air filter in the air handler can be monitored by the W7750

and an alarm issued when the filter media needs replacement.

The two methods of monitoring the filter are:

1. A differential pressure switch whose contacts are con-

nected to a digital input on the W7750A or W7750B,C;

and

2. A 2-to-10V differential pressure sensor wired to a

current input on the W7750B,C. If the analog input

sensor is used, its measured value 0 to 5 inw

(0 to 1.25 kPa) is compared to a user-selectable

setpoint (FltrPressStPt—valid range: 0 to 5 inw

(0 to 1.25 kPa)), and the Dirty Filter alarm is issued

when the pressure drop across the filter exceeds the

setpoint.

NOTES: After a controller download via Care/E-Vision, the

delayed reset time is bypassed and the controller

starts after a 40-second initialization.

Not all network inputs can be received during the

START_UP_WAIT period because many network

variables are updated at a slower rate; therefore

some control decisions can be considered tempo-

rarily inappropriate.

START-UP

START_UP_WAIT is the first mode after application restart or

power-up. During START_UP_WAIT, the analog and digital

inputs are being read for the first time, no control algorithms

are active, and the physical outputs (fan and heat/cooling

stages) are in the de-energized position. The node remains in

Temperature Control Operations

See Fig. 49 for a diagram of a typical W7750 Unit.

OA TEMP

HEAT

COIL

COOL

COIL

FILTER

FAN

OUTDOOR

AIR

EXCEL 10

W7750

CVAHU

DA TEMP

RA TEMP

ROOF

CEILING

OCCUPANCY

SENSOR

RETURN

AIR

DISCHARGE

AIR

T7770 OR T7560A,B

M17488

WINDOW CONTACT

Fig. 49. Schematic diagram for a typical W7750B Unit.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

STAGED COOLING CONTROL

calculates a PID error signal. This error signal causes the

cooling stage outputs to be cycled as required to drive the

space temperature back to the setpoint. Fig. 50 illustrates the

relationship between PID error and staged output activity. As

the error signal increases and the space temperature is

getting farther away from setpoint, or is remaining above

setpoint as time elapses, additional stages of cooling are

energized until, if PID error reaches 100 percent, all

configured stages are on.

The Excel 10 W7750 Controller supports up to four stages of

D/X cooling. As space temperature rises above the current

Cooling Setpoint, the controllers mode of operation is

switched to the COOL mode. When in the COOL mode, all

heating outputs are driven closed or off (with the exception

that occurs during IAQ Override Operation, see above), and

the staged cooling outputs are enabled for use. When in the

COOL mode, the PID cooling control algorithm compares the

current space temperature to the EffectiveCoolSetPt, and

PID

ERROR

NO. STAGES

25% 33%

50%

66% 75%

100%

> 100%

CONFIGURED

ALL STAGES

LOCKED ON

ONE STAGE

CYCLING

STAGE 1

CYCLING

STAGE 1 LOCKED ON

STAGE 2 CYCLING

ALL STAGES

LOCKED ON

TWO STAGES

STAGE 1

CYCLING

STAGE 1 LOCKED ON

STAGE 2 CYCLING

STAGE 1,2 LOCKED ON

STAGE 3 CYCLING

ALL STAGES

LOCKED ON

THREE STAGES

FOUR STAGES

STAGE 1

STAGE 1,2

LOCKED ON

STAGE 3

STAGE 1,2,3

LOCKED ON

STAGE 4

STAGE 1

CYCLING

LOCKED ON

STAGE 2

ALL STAGES

LOCKED ON

CYCLING

M10112

Fig. 50. Staged output control versus PID Error.

If economizer dampers are configured, and the outdoor air is

suitable for free cooling, the economizer operates as the first

stage of cooling. For example, if a controller was configured

with two stages of mechanical cooling and an economizer, the

application should be viewed in Fig. 50 as a three-stage

system.

Table 17. Interstage Minimum Times

Cycles/Hour Selection

Minimum On/Off time (Min.)

8.5

5.5

4.0

3.5

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

Setpoints for the PID gains allow for unit-by-unit adjustment of

the control loop, if required; however, any change from the

default values should be minimal.

The PID control algorithm used to control staged cooling is

anticipator-driven, and is similar to the algorithm used in the

T7300 commercial thermostat. All staging events are subject

to a minimum interstage time delay, which is based on the

cycles per hour user setting (CoolCycHr). The minimum

interstage time delay ranges from 90 seconds (at 12 cycles

per hour) to 8.5 minutes (at two cycles per hour), see Table

17. The user has the option to disable the minimum run timer

(DisMinClTimer for cooling). If the minimum run timer is

disabled, the interstage time delay is fixed at 20 seconds. The

cycling rate is separately selectable for heating and cooling

between 2 and 12 cycles per hour (cph).

STAGED HEATING CONTROL

The Excel 10 W7750B,C Controller supports up to four stages

of heating. As space temperature falls below the current

Cooling Setpoint, the controller mode of operation is switched

to the HEAT mode. When in the HEAT mode, all cooling

outputs are driven closed or off, and the staged heating

outputs are enabled for use. When in the HEAT mode, the PID

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

cooling control algorithm compares the current space

temperature to the EffectiveHeatSetPt, and calculates a PID

error signal. This error signal causes the heating stage

outputs to be cycled, as required, to drive the space

temperature back to the Setpoint. Fig. 50 illustrates the

relationship between PID error and staged output activity.

actuator based on the length, in seconds, of the pulse from

the digital output. The controller outputs a pulse whose length

consists of two parts, a minimum and a maximum. The

minimum pulse time represents the analog value of zero

percent (also indicates a signal presence) and the maximum

pulse length that represents an analog value of 100 percent. If

the analog value is greater than zero percent, an additional

time is added to the minimum pulse time. The length of time

added is directly proportional to the magnitude of the analog

value. If PWM control is used, the configuration parameters

for the PWM operation must be specified. These are

As the error signal increases, the space temperature gets

further away from the setpoint, or is remaining below the

setpoint as time elapses, additional stages of heating are

energized until, if PID error reaches 100 percent, all

configured stages are on.

PwmPeriod, PwmZeroScale, and PwmFullScale. These three

parameters are shared by all configured PWM outputs; this

means the heating, cooling, and economizer actuators must

be configured to accept the same style of PWM signal.

The PID control algorithm used to control staged heating is

anticipator-driven, and is similar to the algorithm used in the

T7300 commercial thermostat. All staging events are subject

to a minimum interstage time delay, that is based on the

cycles per hour user setting (HeatCycHr). The minimum

interstage time delay ranges from 90 seconds (at 12 cycles

per hour) to eight minutes (at two cycles per hour). See Table

17. The user has the option to disable the minimum run timer

for heating (DisMinHtTimer). If the minimum run timer is

disabled, the interstage time delay is fixed at 20 seconds. The

cycling rate is separately selectable for heating and cooling

between two and 12 cycles per hour (cph).

Example: To find the pulse width of a valve actuator (for

example stroke mid position - 50 percent) with the

PwmZeroScale = 0.1 seconds, PwmFullScale = 25.5

seconds, and the PwmPeriod = 25.6 seconds. There are 256

increments available, so the number of increments required

for 50 percent would be (0.5 X 256) or 128. The time for each

increment for this industry standard pulse time is 0.1 seconds.

The pulse width is the minimum time (0.1 second) + the

number of increments (128 times the (0.1 second) plus 0. 1) =

12.9 seconds. The W7750B,C Controllers would command

the valve output on for 12.9 seconds for the PwmPeriod of

25.6 seconds to maintain the valve position at 50 percent.

Setpoints for the PID gains allow for unit-by-unit adjustment of

the control loop, if required; however, any change from the

default values should be minimal.

OUTDOOR AIR LOCKOUT OF HEATING/COOLING

CASCADE CONTROL OF MODULATING COOLING/HEATING

The Excel 10 W7750 Controller supports modulating cooling

and heating valves. These valves can be controlled directly

from the space temperature (like the staged control) or, if the

CascCtrl flag is set, they are modulated to maintain the

discharge air temperature at its setpoint. The discharge air

setpoint is calculated based on the space temperature

deviation from the space setpoint. This is commonly called

cascade control. In the W7750 Controller, cascade control is

available for use with PWM (W7750B,C only) and Series 60

modulating heating and cooling, but not for use with staged

heating/cooling.

A mechanism is provided in the W7750 to disable the heating

equipment if the outdoor air temperature rises above the

OaTempHtLkOut setpoint. Similarly, the cooling equipment is

disabled if the outdoor air temperature falls below the

OaTempClLkOut setpoint. The algorithm supplies a fixed 2°F

(1.1°C) hysteresis with the lock-out control to prevent short

cycling of the equipment.

ECONOMIZER DAMPER CONTROL

A mixed-air economizer damper package can be controlled to

assist mechanical cooling in maintaining the discharge air at

setpoint. Therefore, if modulating economizer damper control

is desired, a discharge air temperature sensor is required. If

the outdoor air is not currently suitable for cooling use (see the

Economizer Enable/Disable Control section), the outdoor air

damper is held at the user-settable minimum position

(EconMinPos) for ventilation purposes.

Setpoints for the PID gains and for the control band allow for

unit-by-unit adjustment of the control loops, if required;

however, any change from the default values should be

minimal. Also, the W7750 Controller uses an adaptive

algorithm (patent pending) to continuously assess the validity

of the calculated discharge setpoint, and adjust it, as needed,

to ensure precise, accurate control.

Because the outdoor air can be used to supplement

mechanical cooling, the economizer operates as if it were the

first stage of cooling. So, if the outdoor air is suitable for

cooling use, the mechanical cooling (either staged or

modulating) is held off until the economizer has reached its

fully open position. Then, if the discharge temperature

continues to be above setpoint, the mechanical cooling is

allowed to come on. If the outdoor air is not suitable for

cooling use, the economizer is set to its minimum position,

and mechanical cooling is allowed to come on immediately.

SERIES 60 MODULATING CONTROL

Series 60 Control is also commonly referred to as Floating

Control. The Excel 10 W7750A,B,C Controllers can drive

Series 60 type actuators to control a modulating cooling valve,

a heating valve, and economizer dampers. When floating

control is used, the full-stroke motor drive time of the actuator

must be entered into the configuration parameter CoolMtrSpd

(for cooling), HeatMtrSpd (for heating), or EconMtrSpd (for the

economizer dampers).

When the controller is in the Heat mode, the economizer is

held at the minimum position setting (EconMinPos). The

minimum position setting is only used during Occupied mode

operation. When in Standby or Unoccupied modes, the

outdoor air dampers are allowed to fully close if there is no call

for cooling, or if the outside air is not suitable for cooling use.

PULSE WIDTH MODULATING (PWM) CONTROL

The Excel 10 W7750B,C Controllers can drive a PWM-type

actuator to control a modulating cooling valve, a heating

valve, and economizer dampers. PWM control positions the

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

INDOOR AIR QUALITY (IAQ) OVERRIDE

6. Outdoor Enthalpy, Type D—when the outdoor

enthalpy meets the H205 type D requirements, the

outdoor air is suitable to augment cooling.

7. Differential Temperature—the difference between

outdoor temperature and return air temperature is

compared to DiffEconEnTemp to determine whether

outdoor air or return air is more suitable for use to

augment mechanical cooling.

8. Single Calculated Enthalpy—the calculated outdoor

enthalpy in btu/lb is compared to the enthalpy setpoint

(OaEnthEn) in btu/lb, and the outdoor temperature is

compared to the outdoor temperature limit setpoint

(OaEconEnTemp) for a high limit. The compared

difference determines whether outdoor air is suitable for

use to augment mechanical cooling.

9. Differential Enthalpy, Either Sensed or Calculated—

the difference between outdoor enthalpy and return air

enthalpy determines whether outdoor air or return air is

more suitable to augment mechanical cooling. When

enthalpy sensors are configured, they are used for

comparing enthalpy. If no enthalpy sensors are

available, then enthalpy is calculated using outdoor and

return air humidity and temperature sensors. The

switching differential is fixed at 1.0 mA for enthalpy

sensors, and 0.25 btu/lb for calculated enthalpy.

The Excel 10 W7750 Controller supports an IAQ override

feature that upon detection of poor air quality in the space,

allows the economizer dampers to be opened above the

standard minimum position setting to a value set in

EconIAQPos. Two different methods of detecting poor air

quality are supported, The first is by using an IAQ switch

device connected to a digital input on the W7750 Controller,

where a contact closure indicates poor air quality and initiates

the IAQ override mode. The second, which is only available

on the W7750B,C is through an analog input that connects to

a CO₂Sensor (0 to 10V). The measured value of CO₂from

this sensor (0 to 2000 ppm) is compared to the setpoint

IAQSetpt. When the CO₂level is higher than the setpoint (800

PPM), the IAQ override is initiated. The IAQSetpt hysteresis is

50 PPM, IAQ override is deactivated at a CO₂level less than

750 PPM.

When the W7750 Controller is in the COOL mode during an

IAQ override, it is possible for the heating outputs to be

activated. This can occur if the outdoor air temperature is cold

enough to cause the discharge air temperature to drop below

the DaTempLoLim setpoint when the dampers open to the

EconIAQPos position, and the IaqUseHeat flag is set. If this

situation occurs, the heating is controlled to maintain the

discharge air temperature at 1°F (0.65°C) above the

DaTempLoLim setpoint.

NOTE: If no return temperature sensor is configured,

space temperature is used to calculate return

air enthalpy.

FREEZE STAT

Upon receiving a contact closure, the W7750 control

algorithm will close the outdoor air damper and open the hot

water and chilled water valves (if available) to the full open

position as a safety precaution. If manual-reset operation is

desired, the Freeze Stat device must provide the physical

pushbutton, which the operator presses, to reset the system

after a freeze condition has occurred.

10. Network Enabled—the network input DestEconEnable

controls the enabling and disabling of the economizer.

When using the network input, select Econo Enable

Type: No Economizer in E-Vision. The network input

has priority over the other nine economizer control

selections.

DISCHARGE AIR LOW LIMIT CONTROL

Appendix C. Complete List of Excel 10

W7750 Controller User Addresses.

If the discharge air temperature falls below the user-settable

discharge air low limit setpoint (DaTempLoLim), an alarm is

issued, and the outdoor air damper is driven below the

minimum position setting until the discharge temperature is up

to the low limit. If necessary, the damper can go completely

closed even during Occupied mode operation. As the

discharge temperature warms up, the economizer modulates

open until the minimum position setting is reached. At this

point, the low limit alarm is cleared.

See Table 18 for W7750 Controller User Address table

numbers and point types.

The User Address Index following Table 18 lists the User

Addresses alphabetically and gives the page number where

the Address is located in each Table Number/Point Type.

After Table 18 there is an alphabetical list of Mappable User

Addresses and Table Numbers. Following this is an

alphabetical list of Failure Detect User Addresses and Table

Numbers.

ECONOMIZER ENABLE/DISABLE CONTROL

The W7750 Controller has inputs to determine if the outdoor

air is suitable to augment cooling. The economizer dampers

can be enabled/disabled for using outdoor air as the first

stage of cooling based on one of ten allowable strategies:

1. Digital Input Enable/Disable—contact closure enables

economizer.

2. Outdoor Temperature—when the outdoor temperature

is less than OaEconEnTemp, then the outdoor air is

suitable to augment cooling.

3. Outdoor Enthalpy, Type A—when the outdoor

enthalpy meets the H205 type A requirements, the

outdoor air is suitable to augment cooling.

4. Outdoor Enthalpy, Type B—when the outdoor

enthalpy meets the H205 type B requirements, the

outdoor air is suitable to augment cooling.

Table 18. Excel 10 W7750 Controller User

Address Point Types.

Table Number

Table 20

Table 21

Table 22

Table 23

Table 24

Table 25

Table 26

Table 27

Table 28

Point Types

Input/Output

Control Parameters

Energy Management Points

Status Points

Calibration Points

Configuration Parameters

LONMARK/Open System Points

Direct Access and Special Manual Points

Data Share Points

5. Outdoor Enthalpy, Type C—when the outdoor

enthalpy meets the H205 type C requirements, the

outdoor air is suitable to augment cooling.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

OaEconEn T e mp 75

OaEnthEn 76

User Address Indexes (all in alphabetical order)

Table 20. Input Output Points.

Address

Page

Table 22. Energy Management Points.

Address

Page

Table 23. Status Points.

Address

Page

Table 21. Control Parameters.

Address

Page

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

SrcRm T e mpActSpt 99

Table 27. Direct Access and Special Manual Points.

Address

Page

Table 24. Calibration Points.

Page 93

Table 25. Configuration Parameters.

Address

Page

Table 28. Data Share Points.

Address

Page

Mappable User Addresses and Table Number

User Address Table Number

BypTime 21

BypTimer 23

CascCntrl 25

Table 26. LONMARK/Open System Points.

CO2Sen 23

Address

Page

CoolCycHr 25

CoolOccSpt 98

CoolUnoccSpt 98

CoolStbySpt 98

CoolMtrSpd 25

CoolOccSpt 26

CoolPos 23

CoolStbySpt 26

CoolStgsOn 23

CoolUnoccSpt 26

DaSetpt 23

DaTemp 23

DaTempClCtrlBd 21

DaTempEcCtrlBd 21

DaTempHiLim 21

DaTempHtCtrlBd 21

DaTempLoLim 21

DestDlcShed 22

DestEmergCmd 26

DestHvacMode 26

DestManMode 27

DestSchedOcc 22

HeatOccSpt 98

HeatStbySpt 98

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

DiffEconEnTemp 21

DisMinHtTime 25

DisMinClTime 25

DlcBumpTemp 21

EconIAQPos 21

EconMinPos 21

EconMtrSpd 25

EconPos 23

RaEnthCalc 23

RaHum 23

RaTemp 23

RmTempActSpt 23

RmTempCal 25

RmtStptPot 20

SaFan 23

SaFanStatus 23

SetPtKnob 25

ShutDown 23

EconMode 25

FanFailTime 25

FanMode 25

FanOnHtMode 25

FanRunOnCool 25

FanRunOnHeat 25

FilterPress 23

FltrPressStPt 21

Free1Stat 23

Free2Stat 23

GainCoolDer 21

GainCoolInt 21

GainCoolProp 21

GainHeatDer 21

GainHeatInt 21

GainHeatProp 21

HeatCycHr 25

HeatMtrSpd 25

HeatOccSpt 26

HeatPos 23

HeatStbySpt 26

HeatStgsOn 23

HeatUnoccSpt 26

IAQSetpt 21

SmkCtlMode 25

StatFreezeStat 23

StatusAlmTyp 23

StatusEconEn 23

StatusEconOut 23

StatusFilter 23

StatusIaqOvr 23

StatusManOcc 23

StatusMode 23

StatusOcc 23

StatusOcySen 23

StatusOvrd 23

StatusSched 23

StatusSmoke 23

StatusWndw 23

StptKnobHiLim 21

StptKnobLowLim 21

TimeClckOcc 23

UseRaTempCtl 25

UseWallModStpt 25

WSHPEnable 23

IaqUseHeat 25

MaxClRamp 21

MinClRamp 21

MaxHtRamp 21

MinHtRamp 21

MonitorSens 23

MonitorSw 23

Failure Detect User Addresses and Table Number

User Address Table Number

DestBypass 22

DestDlcShed 22

DestEconEnable 26

DestFree1 22

OaEconEnTemp 21

OaEnth 23

DestFree2 22

OaEnthCalc 23

OaEnthEn 21

OaHum 23

OaTemp 23

DestHvacMode 26

DestIaqOvrd 28

DestOaEnth 28

DestOaHum 26

DestOaTemp 26

DestOccSensor 26

DestRmTemp 26

DestSchedOcc 22

DestSptOffset 26

DestTimeClk 22

DestWndw 26

OaTempClLkOut 21

OaTempHtLkOut 21

OaTempMaxClRp 21

OaTempMinClRp 21

OaTempMaxHtRp 21

OaTempMinHtRp 21

OccStatOut 23

OvrdPriority 25

OvrdType 25

PwmFullScale 21

PwmPeriod 21

PwmZeroScale 21

RaEnth 23

DestWSHPEnable 22

Table 19 lists the applicable Engineering Units for the analog

points found in the W7750.

Table 19. Engineering Units For Analog Points.

English Units (Inch-Pound)

Description

Standard International Units (SI)

Measured Item

Temperature

Abbreviation

Description

Degrees Celsius

Degrees Kelvin

Percent

Abbreviation

Degrees Fahrenheit

Relative Temperature Delta Degrees Fahrenheit

DDF

Relative Humidity

Air Flow

Percent

Cubic Feet per Minute

Parts Per Million

CFM

PPM

btu/lb

inw

Meters Cubed per Hour m3h

CO₂Concentration

Enthalpy

Parts Per Million

kiloJoules/kilogram

kiloPascal

PPM

kj/kg

kPa

British Thermal Units per Pound of Air

Inches of Water Column

Differential Pressure

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

All of the NvName values that are stored in EEPROM memory

have a prefix of nci.

Hardware

Config.—

These are points that involve controller I/O

configuration. Any change to Hardware Config.

points causes the W7750 to perform an

application reset; therefore, these points can

only be modified off-line.

NOTE: These parameters are stored in EEPROM and are

limited to 10,000 writes. Do NOT use them as

outputs from Control Strategies,Time Programs, or

Switching Tables. If these points are changed more

than 10,000 times, irreversible hardware failure

results

Manual

Config.—

These points are used to set the controller

outputs when in manual mode. The W7750 is

placed in manual mode through a menu

selection in the E-Vision Controller Monitor

screen.

Tables 20 through 28 provide point attributes as follows:

Engineering

Units—

Test—

These points can be controlled in E-Visions test

mode that is used for field checkout/ debuging.

This field indicates the point valid range and

displayed Engineering Unit. For digital points,

the valid states and the corresponding

enumerated values are shown.

The value or state of the point on controller

start-up.

Failure Detect

Input Point— These points need an update periodically or a

communication alarm is generated. The failure

detect mechanism is only active when the NV is

bound (bindings are configured using Refer

Excel 10 points). The time between the updates

is user settable.

Default—

E-Vision

(M) Monitor— These points are viewable within the E-Vision

Controller Monitoring on-line screen.

(P) Parameter—These points refer to control parameters

settable in the Application Selection dialog

boxes in E-Vision.

Non-Failure Detect

Input Point— These points (which are NVs that are bound or

unbound) do not check for an update

(S) Schematic—These points appear in E-Vision monitor

mode graphics.

Shareable— These points can be set up for data sharing in

Command Multiple Points, Read Multiple

Points, or Refer Excel 10 Points as either a

data source or a destination.

Mappable— These points can be converted into a C-Bus

point used by C-Bus devices. A mappable point

has a one-to-one relationship with a C-Bus

User Address.

periodically and do not generate an alarm.

NOTES:

1. Mapped points can be viewed and changed, if

needed, on the XI581, XI582 and XI584 C-Bus

devices and on an XBS central and on E-Vision.

2. All Excel 10 points, mappable and calibration,

configuration and internal data sharing points, can

be viewed and changed, as allowed, via Direct

Access (DA) mode in the XBS subsystem menu

or via XI584.

Direct

Access—

These points are accessible through the

Subsystem Points mechanism in XBS.

74-2958—1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 20. Input/Output Points.

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

nciIoSelect

Field Name

CorOnMode

Default

Comments

CORMode

COR_ON_HEAT

COR_ON_COOL

CorOnMode specifies the mode when the Change Over Relay (COR) is

energized.

nciIoSelect

ResistiveIn[0]

ResistiveIn[1]

VoltageIn[0]

DISCHARGE_TEMP_PT3000

OUTDOOR_TEMP_PT3000

RETURN_TEMP_PT3000

DISCHARGE_TEMP_20KNTC

RETURN_TEMP_20KNTC

UNUSED_RAI

ResistiveIn[0] specifies which logical sensor is assigned to each physical

analog input sensor channel according to the enumerated list that is shown

in the Engineering Units/States column. ResistiveIn[0] is the only input

available in the W7750A controller.

255

DISCHARGE_TEMP_PT3000

OUTDOOR_TEMP_PT3000

RETURN_TEMP_PT3000

DISCHARGE_TEMP_20KNTC

RETURN_TEMP_20KNTC

UNUSED_RAI

UNUSED_VAI

ResistiveIn[1] specifies which logical sensor is assigned to each physical

analog input sensor channel according to the enumerated list that is shown

in the Engineering Units/States column. ResistiveIn[0] is the only input

available in the W7750A controller.

255

RTN_HUM_C7600C

RETURN_ENTHALPY

OD_HUM_C7600C

OUTDOOR_ENTHALPY

FILTER_STATIC_PRESS_DIFF

SPACE_CO2

MONITOR_SENSOR1

RTN_HUM_C7600B

OD_HUM_C7600B

UNUSED_VAI

VoltageIn[0] specifies which logical sensor is assigned to each physical

analog input sensor channel according to the enumerated list that is shown

in the Engineering Units/States column. (Voltage inputs are not available in

the W7750A controller.)

255

nciIoSelect

VoltageIn[1]

DigitalIn[0]

RTN_HUM_C7600C

RETURN_ENTHALPY

OD_HUM_C7600C

OUTDOOR_ENTHALPY

FILTER_STATIC_PRESS_DIFF

SPACE_CO2

MONITOR_SENSOR1

RTN_HUM_C7600B

OD_HUM_C7600B

UNUSED_VAI

VoltageIn[1] specifies which logical sensor is assigned to each physical

analog input sensor channel according to the enumerated list that is shown

in the Engineering Units/States column. (Voltage inputs are not available in

the W7750A controller.)

NST

NTV

255

OCC_SENSOR

OCC_TIME_CLOCK

PROOF_AIR_FLOW

ECON_ENABLE

IAQ_OVERRIDE

SMOKE_MONITOR

DIRTY_FILTER

SHUT_DOWN

OCC_TIME_CLOCK_IN

DigitalIn[0] specifies which logical switch type is connected to the flexible

digital input switch channel according to the enumerated list that is shown in

the Engineering Units/States column. DigitalIn[0] and DigitalIn[1] are the

only inputs available in the W7750A controller. The controller is configured

at the factory with this user address configured to OCC_TIME_CLOCK_IN.

AHUCO

WINDOW_OPEN

MONITOR

255

SCHED_MASTER

UNUSED_DI

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 20. Input/Output Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

User Address

NvName

nciIoSelect

Field Name

DigitalIn[1]

(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Comments

OCC_SENSOR

OCC_TIME_CLOCK

PROOF_AIR_FLOW

ECON_ENABLE

IAQ_OVERRIDE

SMOKE_MONITOR

DIRTY_FILTER

SHUT_DOWN

SHCED_MASTER_IN

DigitalIn[1] specifies which logical switch type is connected to the flexible

digital input switch channel according to the enumerated list that is shown in

the Engineering Units/States column. DigitalIn[0] and DigitalIn[1] are the

only inputs available in the W7750A controller. The controller is configured

at the factory with this user address configured to SCHED_MASTER_IN.

NST

NTV

WINDOW_OPEN

MONITORS

CHED_MASTER

UNUSED_DI

255

MEAHUCO

nciIoSelect

DigitalIn[2]

OCC_SENSOR

OCC_TIME_CLOCK

PROOF_AIR_FLOW

ECON_ENABLE

IAQ_OVERRIDE

SMOKE_MONITOR

DIRTY_FILTER

SHUT_DOWN

UNUSED_DI

DigitalIn[2] specifies which logical switch type is connected to the flexible

digital input switch channel according to the enumerated list that is shown in

the Engineering Units/States column. DigitalIn[0] and DigitalIn[1] are the

only inputs available in the W7750A controller.

WINDOW_OPEN

MONITOR

255

SCHED_MASTER

UNUSED_DI

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 20. Input/Output Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

User Address

NvName

nciIoSelect

Field Name

DigitalOut[0]

(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Comments

COOL_STAGE_1

COOL_STAGE_2

COOL_STAGE_3

COOL_STAGE_4

HEAT_STAGE_1

HEAT_STAGE_2

HEAT_STAGE_3

HEAT_STAGE_4

CHANGE_OVER_RELAY

FAN_OUT

NETWORK DO(FREE1)

(Value of State is 25)

DigitalOut[0] specifies which logical digital output function is assigned to the

digital physical output according to the enumerated list that is shown in the

Engineering Units/States column. The W7750 Controllers are configured at

the factory with the enumerated value in the Default column. Only

DigitalOut[0] through DigitalOut[5] are available in the W7750A model

which can configure staged outputs. The W7750A Controller can drive

Series 60 Floating Control to modulate cooling valves, heating valves and

economizers. (No PWM outputs are allowed in the W7750A model.) The

controller is configured at the factory with the enumerated value in the

Default column. The eight outputs on the W7750B are all digital outputs.

The eight outputs on the W7750C consist of five digital and three analog

outputs.

255

AUX_ECON

OCCUPANCY_STATUS

ECON_OPEN

ECON_CLOSE

COOL_OPEN

COOL_CLOSE

HEAT_OPEN

HEAT_CLOSE

HEAT_COOL_STAGE_1

HEAT_COOL_STAGE_2

HEAT_COOL_STAGE_3

HEAT_COOL_STAGE_4

FREE1

FREE2

FREE1_PULSE_ON

FREE1_PULSE_OFF

ECON_PWM

HEAT_PWM

COOL_PWM

UNUSED

nciIoSelect

DigitalOut[1]

DigitalOut[2]

DigitalOut[3]

DigitalOut[4]

DigitalOut[5]

DigitalOut[6]

DigitalOut[7]

HtPump

See DigitalOut[0] enumerated

values

1-31 FAN_OUT

See DigitalOut[0] for enumerated names. The W7750 Controllers are

configured at the factory with the enumerated value in the Default column.

,255 (Value of State is 10)

NST

See DigitalOut[0] enumerated

values

1-31 COOL_STAGE_2

,255 (Value of State is 2)

See DigitalOut[0] for enumerated names. The W7750 Controllers are

configured at the factory with the enumerated value in the Default column.

NTV

See DigitalOut[0] enumerated

values

1-31 HEAT_STAGE_1

,255 (Value of State is 1)

See DigitalOut[0] for enumerated names. The W7750 Controllers are

configured at the factory with the enumerated value in the Default column.

See DigitalOut[0] enumerated

values

1-31 HEAT_STAGE_2

,255 (Value of State is 3)

See DigitalOut[0] for enumerated names. The W7750 Controllers are

configured at the factory with the enumerated value in the Default column.

See DigitalOut[0] enumerated

values

1-31 HEAT_STAGE_1

,255 (Value of State is 5)

See DigitalOut[0] for enumerated names. The W7750 Controllers are

configured at the factory with the enumerated value in the Default column.

AHUCO

See DigitalOut[0] enumerated

values

1-31 UNUSED

,255 (Value of State is 255)

See DigitalOut[0] for enumerated names. The W7750 Controllers are

configured at the factory with the enumerated value in the Default column.

See DigitalOut[0] enumerated

values

1-31 UNUSED

,255 (Value of State is 255)

See DigitalOut[0] for enumerated names. The W7750 Controllers are

configured at the factory with the enumerated value in the Default column.

CONV

HtPump specifies the type of equipment being controlled. When HtPump is

0 (CONV), the node is controlling conventional gas or electric heat. When

HtPump is 1 (HP), the node is controlling a heat pump.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 20. Input/Output Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

User Address

NvName

nciIoSelect

Field Name

FiftySixtyHz

(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Comments

SIXTYFIFTY

01 SIXTY

FiftySixtyHz specifies the frequency of the main power input for the

controller. Correctly selecting the FiftySixtyHz decreases the noise picked

up by analog switch wiring from the power mains. When FiftySixtyHz is 0

(SIXTY is the default), the mains frequency is sixty Hz and when

FiftySixtyHz is 1 (FIFTY), the mains frequency is fifty Hz.

NST

nciIoSelect

nvoIO

SpaceSensorType

siSetPointTempS7

T7770

SpaceSensorType specifies the type of space temperature sensor

connected to the node. When SpaceSensorType is 0, a T7770 sensor is

connected to the sensor terminals. No other options are currently valid.

NTV

RmtStptPot

Degrees F

-9 to 85

Degrees C

(-23 to 29)

SI_INVALID

SetPointTemp is the wall module setpoint temperature. When

nciConfig.SetPointTemp is ABSOLUTE_COOL or ABSOLUTE_MIDDLE,

the reported value is the absolute setpoint temperature. When

Config.SetPntKnob is OFFSET, the reported value is the offset (from the

current active TempSetPts) temperature. If the input is not configured or

has failed, the value is SI_INVALID.

MEAHUCO

RmTempSensr nvoIO

siSpaceTempS7

Degrees F

40 to 100

Degrees C

(4 to 38)

SI_INVALID

SpaceTemp is the measured space temperature. If the sensor is not

configured or has failed, the value is SI_INVALID.NOTE: The reported

temperatures includes the offset correction provided by

Config.ResistiveOffsetCal.

DaTempSensr nvoIO

RaTempSensr nvoIO

siDischargeTempS7 Degrees F

30 to 122

Degrees C

(-1 to 50)

SI_INVALID

DischargeTemp is the measured discharge air temperature. If the sensor is

not configured or has failed, the value is SI_INVALID. Refer to the note on

SpaceTemp.

siReturnTempS7

ReturnHumidity

Degrees F

30 to 122

Degrees C

(-1 to 50)

ReturnTemp is the measured return air temperature. If the sensor is not

configured or has failed, the value is SI_INVALID. Refer to the note on

SpaceTemp.

RaHumSensr

RaEnthSensr

nvoIO

Percentage

10 to 90

ReturnHumidity is the measured return air humidity. If the sensor is not

configured or has failed, the value is UB_INVALID.NOTE: The reported

temperatures includes the offset correction provided by

Config.VoltageOffsetCal.

siReturnEnthalpyS7 mA

4 to 20

SI_INVALID

ReturnEnthalpy is the measured return air enthalpy. If the sensor is not

configured or has failed, the value is SI_INVALID. Since the C7400 reports

comfort due to enthalpy (btu/lb) in milliamps, enthalpy is also reported in

milliamps. Refer to the NOTE on ReturnHumidity.

OaTempSensr nvoIO

siOutdoorTempS7

OutdoorHumidity

Degrees F

-40 to 122

Degrees C

(-40 to 50)

SI_INVALID

OutdoorTemp is the measured outdoor air temperature. If the sensor is not

configured or has failed, the value is SI_INVALID. Refer to the NOTE on

ReturnHumidity.

OaHumSensr

OaEnthSensr

nvoIO

Percentage

10 to 90

OutdoorHumidity is the measured outdoor air humidity. If the sensor is not

configured or has failed, the value is UB_INVALID. Refer to the NOTE on

ReturnHumidity.

siOutdoorEnthalpyS7 mA

4 to 20

OutdoorEnthalpy is the measured outdoor air enthalpy. If the sensor is not

configured or has failed, the value is SI_INVALID. Since the C7400 reports

comfort due to enthalpy (btu/lb) in milliamps, enthalpy is also reported in

milliamps. Refer to the NOTE on ReturnHumidity.

FltrPressSensr nvoIO

siFilterPressureS10 inw (kPa)

0 to 5 (0 to 1.25)

SI_INVALID

FilterPressure is the measured differential pressure across the return air

filter. If the sensor is not configured or has failed, the value is the

SI_INVALID. Refer to the NOTE on ReturnHumidity.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 20. Input/Output Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

nvoIO

Field Name

Default

SI_INVALID

Comments

CO2Sensr

siSpaceCo2S0

PPM

150 to 2000

SpaceCo2 is the measured CO2 in the conditioned air space. If the sensor

is not configured or has failed, the value is SI_INVALID. Refer to the NOTE

on ReturnHumidity.

MonitorSensr

StatusDO1

nvoIO

siMonitorS10

volts

SI_INVALID

FALSE

Monitor is the voltage applied at the monitor inputs terminals. If the sensor

is not configured or has failed, the value is SI_INVALID. Refer to the NOTE

on ReturnHumidity.

1 to 10

ubOut

FALSE

TRUE

DigitalOut1 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital output. On is a 1

(TRUE) and off is a 0 (FALSE).

Byte Offset = 24

Bit Offset =

0(DigitalOut1)

StatusDO2

StatusDO3

StatusDO4

StatusDO5

StatusDO6

StatusDO7

StatusDO8

StatusDI1

StatusDI2

nvoIO

ubOut

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

DigitalOut2 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital output. On is a 1

Byte Offset = 24

Bit Offset =

1(DigitalOut2)

(TRUE) and off is a 0 (FALSE).

ubOut

FALSE

TRUE

DigitalOut3 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital output. On is a 1

(TRUE) and off is a 0 (FALSE).

Byte Offset = 24

Bit Offset =

2(DigitalOut3)

ubOut

FALSE

TRUE

DigitalOut4 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital output. On is a 1

(TRUE) and off is a 0 (FALSE).

Byte Offset = 24

Bit Offset =

3(DigitalOut4)

ubOut

FALSE

TRUE

DigitalOut5 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital output. On is a 1

(TRUE) and off is a 0 (FALSE).

Byte Offset = 24

Bit Offset =

4(DigitalOut5)

ubOut

FALSE

TRUE

DigitalOut6 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital output. On is a 1

(TRUE) and off is a 0 (FALSE).

Byte Offset = 24

Bit Offset =

5(DigitalOut6)

NST

ubOut

FALSE

TRUE

DigitalOut7 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital output. On is a 1

(TRUE) and off is a 0 (FALSE).

NTV

Byte Offset = 24

Bit Offset =

6(DigitalOut7)

ubOut

FALSE

TRUE

DigitalOut8 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital output. On is a 1

(TRUE) and off is a 0 (FALSE).

Byte Offset = 24

Bit Offset =

7(DigitalOut8)

AHUCO

ubDigitalIn

FALSE

TRUE

DigitalIn1 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital input. If the input is

shorted to ground, the bit is a zero or FALSE. If the input is open, the bit is

one or TRUE.

Byte Offset = 25

Bit Offset =

7(DigitalIn1)

ubDigitalIn

Byte Offset = 25

Bit Offset =

FALSE

TRUE

DigitalIn2 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital input. If the input is

shorted to ground, the bit is a zero or FALSE. If the input is open, the bit is

one or TRUE.

6(DigitalIn2)

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 20. Input/Output Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

nvoIO

Field Name

ubDigitalIn

Byte Offset = 25

Bit Offset =

5(DigitalIn3)

Default

Comments

StatusDI3

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

DigitalIn3 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital input. If the input is

shorted to ground, the bit is a zero or FALSE. If the input is open, the bit is

one or TRUE.

NST

StatusDI4

Model

nvoIO

ubDigitalIn

FALSE

TRUE

DigitalIn4 is a byte with a bit for every physical digital input. If the input is

shorted to ground, the bit is a zero or FALSE. If the input is open, the bit is

one or TRUE.

Byte Offset = 25

Bit Offset =

NTV

4(DigitalIn4)

ubDigitalIn

FALSE

TRUE

ExtenedModelIn is a byte with a bit for every physical digital input. If the

input is shorted to ground, the bit is a zero or FALSE. If the input is open,

the bit is one or TRUE.

Byte Offset = 25

Bit Offset = 3

MEAHUCO

(ExtenedModelIn)

OvrdSw

nvoIO

OverRide

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

OverRide indicates the status of the wall module override pushbutton. It is 1

(TRUE) if the button is pressed, and is 0 (FALSE) if it isn't pressed.

OccSensr

OccupancySensor

FALSE

TRUE

OccupancySensor is the state of the digital input configured and wired to

the local occupancy sensor. 1 means that occupancy is being sensed (input

circuit shorted) and 0 means that no occupancy is being sensed (input

circuit open).

TimeClkSw

nvoIO

OccTimeClock

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

OccTimeClock is the state of the digital input configured and wired to a time

clock. 1 (input shorted) means that the scheduled occupancy is

OC_OCCUPIED, and 0 (input open circuited) means that the scheduled

occupancy is OC_UNOCCUPIED.

StatusAirFlow nvoIO

ProofAirFlow

EconEnableIn

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

ProofAirFlow is the state of the digital input configured and wired to the

proof of air flow switch. 1 (input shorted) means that air flow is detected and

0 (input open circuited) means that air flow is not detected.

EconEnSw

IaqOvrSw

nvoIO

FALSE

TRUE

EconEnableIn is the state of the digital input configured and wired to the

outdoor air sensor that determines the suitably of outdoor air for free

cooling. 1 (input shorted) means that the outdoor air is suitable for cooling,

and 0 (input open) means that the outdoor air in not suitable for cooling.

IaqOverRide

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

IaqOverRide is the state of the digital input configured and wired to the

indoor air quality sensor. 1 (input shorted) means that the indoor air quality

is poor, and 0 (input open) means that the indoor air quality is acceptable.

This input is used to cause the economizer to open to a predetermined

position when poor indoor air quality is detected.

SmokeMonSw nvoIO

SmokeMonitor

DirtyFilter

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

SmokeMonitor is the state of the digital input configured and wired to the

indoor smoke sensor. 1 (input shorted) means that smoke is detected, and

0 (input open) means that no smoke is detected.

DrtyFilterSw

nvoIO

FALSE

TRUE

DirtyFilter is the state of the digital input configured and wired to the dirty

filter sensor. 1 (input shorted) means that filter is dirty, and 0 (input open)

means that the filter is not dirty.

ShutDownSw

ShutDown

FALSE

TRUE

ShutDown is the state of the digital input configured and wired to the shut

down switch. 1 (input shorted) means that equipment should be shut down,

and 0 (input open) means that the equipment should be running.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 20. Input/Output Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

nvoIO

Field Name

WindowOpen

Default

Comments

WindowSw

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

WindowOpen is the state of the digital input configured and wired to a

window open sensor switch. 1 (input open circuit) means that the window is

open, and 0 (input shorted) means that the window is closed.

MonitorSw

ModelSw

nvoIO

MonSwitch

Model

FALSE

TRUE

MonSwitch is the state of the digital input configured and wired to a general

purpose monitor switch. 1 (input shorted) means that switch is closed, and

0 (input open) means that the switch is open.

FALSE

TRUE

Model indicates the Model of the node. One of the digital inputs is

connected to a printed wiring board trace to let the embedded software

know what kind of hardware is present. If Model is 1 (input held high), the

hardware is the W7750B Model. If Model is 0 (input shorted to ground), the

hardware is the W7750A Model.

nvoIO

SchedMaster

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

If ScheduleMaster is 1 (input shorted), the node is the schedule master and

the locally connected time clock will be sent via TimeClk to other nodes on

the network. If ScheduleMaster is 0, (input open), the node is not a

schedule master and nvoTimeClk will not be sent on the network even if the

time clock input is configured. If the ScheduleMaster input is not configured

by Select, TimeClk reports the state of the locally connected time clock.

Table 21. Control Parameters.

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

Field Name

Default

Comments

DaTempLoLim

nciAux1SetPt

siLowLimitDischAirTempS7 Degrees F

When the discharge air temperature falls below

0 to 60

LowLimitDischAirTemp, the outdoor air dampers are closed to a

position that corrects the low temperature problem. If mechanical

cooling is active when the discharge air falls below

LowLimitDischAirTemp, the mechanical cooling cycles off after the

minimum run times are obeyed to allow the dampers to return open

and provide free cooling.

NST

Degrees C

(-1 to 16)

NTV

DaTempHiLim

DlcBumpTemp

nciAux1SetPt

siMaxDisAirTempHeatS7 Degrees F

65 to 135

Degrees C

(18 to 57)

100

When the mode is HEAT, and the CascadeControl is enabled, the

discharge air temperature is controlled to a value not to exceed

MaxDisAirTempHeat.

siDlcBumpTempS7

Degrees F

0 to +10

Degrees C

(-18 to -12)

When DlcShed is not 0 then the setpoint is shifted by DlcBumpTemp

in the energy saving direction. When DlcShed changes from 1 to 0,

the setpoint shift ramps back to 0 over a 30 minute interval.

AHUCO

OaTempHtLkOut nciAux1SetPt

ubOdHtLockOutTempS0 Degrees F

0 to 90

Degrees C

(-18 to 32)

When the outdoor air temperature is greater than

OdHtLockOutTemp, the heating is disabled.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 21. Control Parameters. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

Field Name

Default

Comments

MaxHtRamp

nciAux1SetPt

ubMaxHtRampS0

Degrees F/Hr

0 to 20

MaxHtRamp is the maximum heat recovery ramp rate in degrees F

per hour. This value is used to control the adaptive recovery ramp

rate during the HEAT recovery period. The setpoint is changed at a

rate in degrees F per hour depending on the outdoor air temperature

andtheMinHtRamp,OdTempMaxHtRamp, andOaTempMinHtRamp

parameters. If there is no outdoor air temperature sensor available,

then ubMinHtRamp is used as the recovery rate.NOTE: Recovery

ramping applies between scheduled heating or cooling setpoint

changes from OC_UNOCCUPIED to OC_STANDBY,

Degrees C/Hr

(0 to 11)

NST

NTV

OC_UNOCCUPIED to OC_OCCUPIED, and OC_STANDBY to

OC_OCCUPIED. Scheduled setpoint changes from OC_OCCUPIED

to OC_UNOCCUPIED or OC_OCCUPIED to OC_STANDBY do not

use a ramped setpoint but instead use a step change in setpoint.

Recovery ramps begin before the next scheduled occupancy time

and are ramped from the setpoint for the existing scheduled

occupancy state to the setpoint for the next occupancy state.

MEAHUCO

MinHtRamp

nciAux1SetPt

ubMinHtRampS0

Degrees F/Hr

0 to 20

Degrees C/Hr

(0 to 11)

MinHtRamp is the minimum heat recovery ramp rate in degrees F

per hour. This value is used to control the adaptive recovery ramp

rate during the HEAT recovery period. The setpoint is changed at a

rate in degrees F per hour depending on the outdoor air temperature

and the MaxHtRamp, OdTempMaxHtRamp, and

OdTempMinHtRamp parameters. If there is no outdoor air

temperature sensor available, then MinHtRamp is used as the

recovery rate. Refer to the NOTE in the comments column for

MaxHtRamp for the conditions that recovery ramping applies to.

OaTempMaxHtRp nciAux1SetPt

OaTempMinHtRp nciAux1SetPt

OaTempClLkOut nciAux1SetPt

ubOdTempMaxHtRampS0 Degrees F

OdTempMaxHtRamp is the maximum outdoor air temperature

parameter that is used to calculate the heat recovery ramp rate

setpoint. This value is used to control the adaptive recovery ramp

rate during the HEAT recovery period. The setpoint is changed at a

rate in degrees F per hour depending on the outdoor air temperature

and the MaxHtRamp, MinHtRamp, and OdTempMinHtRamp

parameters. If there is no outdoor air temperature sensor available,

then MinHtRamp is used as the recovery rate. Refer to the NOTE in

the comments column for MaxHtRamp for what conditions that

recovery ramping applies to.

0 to 100

Degrees C

(-18 to 38)

ubOdTempMinHtRampS0 Degrees F

OdTempMinHtRamp is the minimum outdoor air temperature

parameter that is used to calculate the heat recovery ramp rate

setpoint. This value is used to control the adaptive recovery ramp

rate during the HEAT recovery period. The setpoint is changed at a

rate in degrees F per hour depending on the outdoor air temperature

and the MaxHtRamp, MinHtRamp, and OdTempMaxHtRamp

parameters. If there is no outdoor air temperature sensor available,

then MinHtRamp is used as the recovery rate. Refer to the NOTE in

the comments column for MaxHtRamp for what conditions that

recovery ramping applies to.

0 to 100

Degrees C

(-18 to 38)

ubOdClLockOutTempS0 Degrees F

0 to 90

Degrees C

(-18 to 32)

When the outdoor air temperature is less than OdClLockOutTemp,

the cooling is disabled.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 21. Control Parameters. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

Field Name

Default

Comments

MaxClRamp

nciAux1SetPt

ubMaxClRampS0

Degrees F/Hr

0 to 20

Degrees C/Hr

(0 to 11)

MaxClRamp is the maximum cool recovery ramp rate in degrees F

per hour. This value is used to control the adaptive recovery ramp

rate during the COOL recovery period. The setpoint is changed at a

rate in degrees F per hour depending on the outdoor air temperature

and the MinClRamp, OdTempMaxClRamp, and OdTempMinClRamp

parameters. If there is no outdoor air temperature sensor available,

then MinClRamp is used as the recovery rate. Refer to the NOTE in

the comments column for MaxHtRamp for the conditions that

recovery ramping applies to.

MinClRamp

nciAux1SetPt

ubMinClRampS0

Degrees F/Hr

0 to 20

Degrees C/Hr

(0 to 11)

MinClRamp is the minimum cool recovery ramp rate in degrees F

per hour. This value is used to control the adaptive recovery ramp

rate during the COOL recovery period. The setpoint is changed at a

rate in degrees F per hour depending on the outdoor air temperature

and the MaxClRamp, OdTempMaxClRamp, and

OdTempMinClRamp parameters. If there is no outdoor air

temperature sensor available, then MinClRamp is used as the

recovery rate. Refer to the NOTE in the comments column for

MaxHtRamp for the conditions that recovery ramping applies to.

OaTempMaxClRp nciAux1SetPt

OaTempMinClRp nciAux1SetPt

ubOdTempMaxClRampS0 Degrees F

OdTempMaxClRamp is the maximum outdoor air temperature

parameter that is used to calculate the cool recovery ramp rate

setpoint. This value is used to control the adaptive recovery ramp

rate during the COOL recovery period. The setpoint is changed at a

rate in degrees F per hour depending on the outdoor air temperature

and the MaxClRamp, MinClRamp, and OdTempMinClRamp

parameters. If there is no outdoor air temperature sensor available,

then MinClRamp is used as the recovery rate. Refer to the NOTE in

the comments column for MaxHtRamp for the conditions that

recovery ramping applies to.

0 to 100

Degrees C

(-18 to 38)

ubOdTempMinClRampS0 Degrees F

OdTempMinClRamp is the minimum outdoor air temperature

parameter that is used to calculate the cool recovery ramp rate

setpoint. This value is used to control the adaptive recovery ramp

rate during the COOL recovery period. The setpoint is changed at a

rate in degrees F per hour depending on the outdoor air temperature

and the MaxClRamp, MinClRamp, and OdTempMaxClRamp

parameters. If there is no outdoor air temperature sensor available,

then MinClRamp is used as the recovery rate. Refer to the NOTE in

the comments column for MaxHtRamp for the conditions that

recovery ramping applies to.

0 to 100

Degrees C

(-18 to 38)

NST

NTV

OaEconEnTemp nciAux1SetPt

DiffEconEnTemp nciAux1SetPt

ubOdEconEnableTempS0 Degrees F

If Config.EconEnable is OD_TEMP, and the outdoor temperature is

less than OdEconEnableTemp, then outdoor air is judged suitable to

augment mechanical cooling. If Config.EconEnable is

SINGLE_ENTH and outdoor temperate is less than

ubOdEconEnableTemp (high limit), then outdoor air may be judged

suitable to augment mechanical cooling depending on the

relationship between calculated outdoor enthalpy and

OdEnthalpyEnable.

0 to 90

AHUCO

Degrees C

(-18 to 32)

ubDiffEconEnableTempS0 Degrees F

0 to 90

Degrees C

(-18 to 32)

If Config.EconEnable is DIFF_TEMP, and return air temperature

minus outdoor air temperature is greater than DiffEconEnableTemp,

then outdoor air is judged suitable to augment mechanical cooling.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 21. Control Parameters. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

Field Name

Default

Comments

OaEnthEn

nciAux1SetPt

ubOdEnthalpyEnableS2

btu/lb

0 to 65

If Config.EconEnable is SINGLE_ENTH, and calculated outdoor

enthalpy is less than OdEnthalpyEnable, and outdoor temperature is

less than OdEconEnableTemp, then outdoor air is judged suitable to

augment mechanical cooling.

NST

EconMinPos

EconIAQPos

IAQSetpt

nciAux1SetPt

ubEconMinPosS0

ubEconIaqPosS0

siCO2IaqLimitS0

Percentage

0 to 100

The minimum allowed position of the economizer damper for HEAT

and COOL is EconMinPos.

NTV

Percentage

0 to 100

800

The control overrides the economizer damper to EconIaqPos when

poor indoor air quality is detected.

PPM

0 to 2000

When an analog CO2 sensor is configured and the sensed CO2 is

greater than CO2IaqLimit, then poor indoor air quality is detected

and Data1.OverRide is set to 1. When the sensed CO2 is less than

CO2IaqLimit, then the indoor air quality is considered acceptable

and Data1.IaqOverRide is set to 0. oData1.IaqOverRide is used to

set the economizer damper to Aux1SetPt. EconIaqPos and to

possibly turn on the heat according to the state of

MEAHUCO

Config.IaqUseHeat.

PwmPeriod

PwmZeroScale

PwmFullScale

BypTime

nciAux1SetPt

nciAux2SetPt

siPwmPeriodS4

siPwm0pcntS4

siPwm100pcntS4

uiBypassTime

100

When pulse width modulation is used, the period of one pulse width

modulation cycle is PwmPeriod seconds. The smallest resolution is

0.1 seconds.

Seconds

0 to 2047

When pulse width modulation is used, the period of a pulse for zero

percent output (damper or valve at open position) is Pwm0pcntS4

seconds. The smallest resolution is 0.1 seconds.

Seconds

0 to 2047

When pulse width modulation is used, the period of a pulse for full

scale output (damper or valve at open position) is Pwm100pcnt

seconds. The smallest resolution is 0.1 seconds.

minutes

0 to 1080

180

uiBypassTime is the time between the pressing of the override

button at the wall module (or initiating OC_BYPASS via ManOcc)

and the return to the original occupancy state. When the bypass

state has been activated, the bypass timer is set to BypassTime.

FltrPressStPt

nciAux2SetPt

ubFilterPressStPtS5

siLowStPtS7

inw (kPa)

0.5

If a filter pressure sensor is configured by IoSelect and the filter

pressure reported in Data1 FilterPressure exceeds FilterPressStPt,

then a DIRTY_FILTER alarm is generated and Data1.DirtyFilter is

set to 1.

0 to 5 (0 to 1.25)

StptKnobLowLim nciAux2SetPt

Degrees F

-9 to 90

Degrees C

(-23 to 32)

LowStPt is the lowest value reported for the setpoint knob.

Dependent on the configuration of the setpoint knob (see

Config.SetPntKnob) this setting is either absolute [degree

Fahrenheit (50 to 90)] in case of absolute setpoint knob configuration

or relative [delta degree Fahrenheit (-9 to +9)] in case of relative

setpoint knob configuration.

StptKnobHiLim

nciAux2SetPt

siHighStPtS7

Degrees F

-9 to 90

Degrees C

(-23 to 32)

HighStPt is the highest value reported for the setpoint knob.

Dependent on the configuration of the setpoint knob (see

Config.SetPntKnob) this setting is either absolute [degree

Fahrenheit (50 to 90)] in case of absolute setpoint knob configuration

or relative [delta degree Fahrenheit (-9 to +9)] in case of relative

setpoint knob configuration.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 21. Control Parameters. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

Field Name

ubKpCoolS2

Default

Comments

GainCoolProp

nciAux2SetPt

Degrees F

2 to 30

Degrees C

(1 to 30)

This is the throttling range for the proportional portion of the PID loop

gain for the cooling control loop.

GainHeatProp

GainCoolInt

GainHeatInt

GainCoolDer

GainHeatDer

nciAux2SetPt

ubKpHeatS2

siKiCoolS0

Degrees F

2 to 30

Degrees C

(1 to 17)

This is the throttling range for the proportional portion of the PID loop

gain for the heating control loop.

Seconds

0 to 5000

2050

This is the integral portion of the PID loop gain for the cooling control

loop.

siKiHeatS0

Seconds

0 to 5000

This is the integral portion of the PID loop gain for the heating control

loop.

siKdCoolS0

Seconds

0 to 9000

This is the derivative portion of the PID loop gain for the cooling

control loop.

siKdHeatS0

Seconds

0 to 9000

This is the derivative portion of the PID loop gain for the heating

control loop.

DaTempClCtrlBd nciAux2SetPt

DaTempHtCtrlBd nciAux2SetPt

DaTempEcCtrlBd nciAux2SetPt

ubDisCbCoolS0

ubDisCbHeatS0

ubDisCbEconS0

Degrees F

5 to 30

Degrees C

(3 to 17)

DisCbCool is the throttling range used for the cooling portion of the

discharge air temperature cascade control loop.

Degrees F

5 to 30

Degrees C

(3 to 17)

DisCbHeat is the throttling range used for the heating portion of the

discharge air temperature cascade control loop.

Degrees F

5 to 30

Degrees C

(3 to 17

DisCbEcon is the throttling range used for the economizer control

loop.

NST

NTV

AHUCO

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 22. Energy Management Points.

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

nviDlcShed

Field Name

Default

Comments

DestDlcShed

0 to 1

M X X

X DlcShed is an input from an energy management system. When DlcShed is

0, the temperature control algorithm operates in a normal mode. When

DlcShed is non-zero, the setpoint is shifted by Aux1SetPt.DlcBumpTemp in

the energy saving direction.

NST

DestSchedOcc

nviTodEvent

CurrentState

OC_OCCUPIED

OC_UNOCCUPIED

OC_BYPASS

OC_STANDBY

OC_NUL

OC_OCCUPIED

X CurrentState indicates the current scheduled occupancy state to the node.

CurrentState is used along with other occupancy inputs to calculate the

effective occupancy of the node. The valid states and meaning are as

follows: OC_OCCUPIED means the energy management system is

specifying occupied. OC_UNOCCUPIED means the energy management

system is specifying that the space is presently unoccupied. OC_BYPASS

states that the energy management system is in bypass. OC_STANDBY

states that the energy management system has the space presently is

between occupied and unoccupied. OC_NUL states that no occupancy

state has been specified.

NTV

255

MEAHUCO

TodEventNext

Tuncos

nviTodEvent

NextState

OC_OCCUPIED

OC_UNOCCUPIED

OC_BYPASS

OC_STANDBY

OC_NUL

OC_OCCUPIED

NextState indicates the next scheduled occupancy state to the node. This

information is required by the Excel 10 to perform the optimum start

strategy. The space expected effective occupancy will be NextState in

uiTimeToNextState minutes. The valid states and meaning are the same as

for CurrentState.

255

nviTodEvent

nviBypass

uiTimeToNextState minutes

0 to 2880

TimeToNextState is the time in minutes until the next change of scheduled

occupancy state.

value

0 to 100

Bypass.value:The bypass state of one node may be shared with the bypass

state of another node using nviBypass and nvoBypass. This allows a wall

module at one node to be used to over ride the scheduled occupancy of

another node. The node with Bypass bound normally does not have a wall

module. See the Data1.EffectOcc and Data1.OverRide for more details.

The valid states are as follows: If the state is SW_ON and the value is not

zero then the node should bypass the time of day schedule (subject to

occupancy arbitration logic). If the state is SW_NUL, the input is not

available because it is not bound, the input is no longer being updated by

the sender, or OC_BYPASS is no longer being called. This means that the

same as SW_OFF. If the state is SW_OFF or other and the value is don’t

care, the node should not bypass the time of day schedule. If the state is

SW_ON and the value is 0, then the node should not bypass the time of day

schedule. If the node receives this combination of state and value, then

state is set to SW_OFF.

DestBypass

SrcBypCt

nviBypass

nvoBypass

state

value

SW_OFF

SW_ON

SW_NUL

M X

X Refer to nviBypass.value.

255

0 to 100

nvoBypass.value:nvoBypass is the current occupancy state of the node for

bypass schedule. The states have the following meanings: If the state is

SW_OFF and the value is 0, then Data1.EffectOcc is not OC_BYPASS. If

the state is SW_ON and the value is 100 percent, then Data1.EffectOcc is

OC_BYPASS.

SrcBypass

nvoBypass

state

SW_OFF

SW_ON

SW_NUL

255

SW_NUL

M X

Refer to nvoBypass.value.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 22. Energy Management Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

nviFree1

Field Name

value

Default

Comments

0 to 100

Free1.value network variable controls the spare or Free digital output for

auxiliary functions. nviFree1 controls the FREE1_OUT,

FREE1_OUT_PULSE_ON, and FREE1_OUT_PULSE_OFF outputs (only

one of these DO selections per controller is allowed). The states have the

following meaning: If the state is SW_OFF, the corresponding free logical

output (and therefore the physical output, if configured) is off. If the state is

SW_ON and the value is 0, then the corresponding free logical output (and

therefore the physical output, if configured) is off. If the node receives this

combination of state and value, then state is set to SW_OFF. If the state is

SW_ON and the value is not zero, then the corresponding free logical

output (and therefore the physical output, if configured) is on. If the state is

SW_NUL or other, then the network variable is not bound, the

communications path from the sending node has failed, or the sending node

has failed. The corresponding free logical output does not change if the

network variable input fails.

DestFree1

DestFree2

nviFree1

state

SW_OFF

SW_ON

SW_NUL

M X

X Refer to Free1.value.

255

nviFree2

value

state

0 to 100

Free2.value behaves the same as Free 1 value.

X Refer to Free2.value.

SW_OFF

SW_ON

SW_NUL

255

nviWSHPEnable value

0 to 100

WSHPEnable.value is used to enable the compressor stages in heat pump

applications. Typically nviWSHPEnable is bound to a water flow sensor that

detects heating/cooling water supplied to the heat pump. If there is no water

flowing the compressor is disabled. If the state is SW_OFF, the compressor

is disabled in heat pump applications. If the state is SW_ON and the value

is 0, the compressor is disabled in heat pump applications. If the node

receives this combination of state and value, then state is set to SW_OFF. If

the state is SW_ON and the value is not zero, the compressor is enabled in

heat pump applications. If the state is SW_NUL or other, the network

variable is not bound and is ignored.

NST

DestWSHPEnable nviWSHPEnable state

SW_OFF

SW_ON

SW_NUL

X Refer to WSHPEnable.value.

NTV

255

AHUCO

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 22. Energy Management Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

nviTimeClk

Field Name

value

Default

Comments

0 to 100

nviTimeClk.value:nviTimeClk allows a time clock at one node to be shared

with other nodes over the network. nviTimeClk is ORed with the local time

clock sensor and the results are placed in Data1.OccTimeClock. TimeClk is

received from another node and may have the following values: If the state

is SW_OFF, the space is scheduled to be unoccupied. If the state is

SW_ON and the value is 0, the space is scheduled to be unoccupied. If the

node receives this combination of state and value, then state is set to

SW_OFF. If the state is SW_ON and the value is not zero, the space is

scheduled to be occupied. If the state is SW_NUL or other and the value is

don’t care, the network variable is not bound and is ignored.

NST

NTV

DestTimeClk

SrcTimeClkCt

nviTimeClk

nvoTimeClk

state

value

SW_OFF

SW_ON

SW_NUL

X Refer to nviTimeClk.value.

MEAHUCO

255

0 to 100

nvoTimeClk reports the current state of the physical time clock input. The

output values have the following meanings: If the state is SW_OFF and the

value is 0, the time clock input is configured and the input is open circuit. If

SCHEDULE_MASTER_IN is configured, then the schedule master input

must be shorted to ground to reach this state. If the state is SW_ON and the

value is 100 precent, the time clock input is configured and the input is a

closed circuit. If SCHEDULE_MASTER_IN is configured, then the schedule

master input must be shorted to ground to reach this state. If the state is

SW_NUL and the value is 0, the time clock input is not configured by Select

or the SCHEDULE_MASTER_IN physical input is configured and the input

is open (nvoIO.ScheduleMaster = 0).

SrcTimeClk

nvoTimeClk

state

SW_OFF

SW_ON

SW_NUL

Refer to nvoTimeClk.value.

255

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 23. Status Points.

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

nroPgmVer

Field Name

Default

Comments

id[

RTU1

R A four byte ASCII string indicating the type of node (model).

nroPgmVer

major_ver

minor_ver

bug_ver

R Software version.

node_type

R The NodeType is a numeric identifier that is stored in EPROM that identifies

O the Excel 10 node type. Whenever a new software version or upgrade is

M issued, this is reflected in nroPgmVer which typically is read by a network

management node to identify the node type. The contents of nroPgmVer

contain compatible model type information and is fixed at the time when the

node software is compiled.

SrcEmerg

nvoEmerg

EMERG_NORMAL

EMERG_PRESSURIZE

EMERG_DEPRESSURIZE

EMERG_PURGE

EMERG_SHUTDOWN

EMERG_NUL

EMERG_NORMAL

M X

Emerg is an emergency output reflecting the state of the locally wired

smoke detector. If Emerg is EMERG_NORMAL, then no smoke is being

detected by the local sensor or that the smoke detector input is not

configured. If Emerg is EMERG_PURGE, the locally wired smoke sensor is

indicating a smoke condition.EMERG_PRESSURIZE,

EMERG_DEPRESSURIZE, and EMERG_SHUTDOWN are not supported

by Emerg. If Emerg is not configured then it is set to EMERG_NUL

255

ON ORKS

subnet number (in domain entry 1 of the nodes

nvoAlarm

subnet

node

type

1 to 255

0 to 127

0 to 255

subnet is the L

domain table) to which the node is assigned.

ON ORKS

node number (in domain entry 1 of the nodes

node is the L

NST

domain table) assigned to the node.

type is the alarm type being issued. When an alarm condition is no longer

TRUE, type is set to the sum of the alarm conditions numeric value and the

RETURN_TO_NORMAL numeric value. The type also is recorded in

AlarmLog. When a new alarm is detected, just the corresponding numeric

value for the alarm is reported. Refer to Table 12 (Excel 10 Alarms) in the

System Engineering Guide for all the error conditions that may be reported.

NTV

StatusAlmTyp

nvoAlarmStatus alarm_bit[0]

Byte Offset = 0

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

alarm_bit[0]Byte Offset = 0Bit Offset = 0(InputNVFailAlrm)alarm_bit [n]

contains a bit for every possible alarm condition. Each alarm type has a

corresponding bit in alarm_bit[n] (Alarm.type: 1.24, without

RETURN_TO_NORMAL).

AHUCO

Bit Offset =

0(InputNVFailAlrm)

nvoAlarmStatus alarm_bit[0]

Byte Offset = 0

FALSE

TRUE

alarm_bit[0]

Byte Offset = 0

Bit Offset = 1

(NodeDisableAlrm)

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 23. Status Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

Field Name

Default

Comments

nvoAlarmStatus alarm_bit[0]

Byte Offset = 0

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

alarm_bit[0]

Byte Offset = 0

Bit Offset = 2

(SensorFailAlrm)

NST

nvoAlarmStatus alarm_bit[0]

Byte Offset = 0

FALSE

TRUE

alarm_bit[0]

Byte Offset = 0

Bit Offset = 3

NTV

Bit Offset = 3

(FrostProtectAlrm)

nvoAlarmStatus alarm_bit[0]

Byte Offset = 0

FALSE

TRUE

alarm_bit[0]

Byte Offset = 0

Bit Offset = 4

MEAHUCO

Bit Offset = 4

(InvalidSetPtAlrm)

nvoAlarmStatus alarm_bit[0]

Byte Offset = 0

FALSE

TRUE

alarm_bit[0]

Byte Offset = 0

Bit Offset = 5

(LossAirFlowAlrm)

nvoAlarmStatus alarm_bit[0]

Byte Offset = 0

FALSE

TRUE

alarm_bit[0]

Byte Offset = 0

Bit Offset = 6

(DirtyFilterAlrm)

Bit Offset = 6

(DirtyFilterAlrm)

nvoAlarmStatus alarm_bit[0]

Byte Offset = 0

FALSE

TRUE

alarm_bit[0]

Byte Offset = 0

Bit Offset = 7

(SmokeAlrm)

Bit Offset = 7

(SmokeAlrm)

nvoAlarmStatus alarm_bit[1]

Byte Offset = 1

FALSE

TRUE

alarm_bit[1]

Byte Offset = 1

Bit Offset = 0

(IaqOverRideAlrm)

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 23. Status Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

User Address

NvName

Field Name

(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

NO_ALARM

Comments

AlarmLog1

nvoAlarmLog

type[0]

0 to 255

(AlarmTypeLog0)

(AlarmTypeLog1)

(AlarmTypeLog2)

(AlarmTypeLog3)

(AlarmTypeLog4)

NO_ALARM

INPUT_NV_FAILURE

NODE_DISABLED

SENSOR_FAILURE

FROST_PROTECTION

INVALID_SET_POINT

LOSS_OF_AIR_FLOW

DIRTY_FILTER

ype[0]

0 to 255

(AlarmTypeLog0)

(AlarmTypeLog1)

(AlarmTypeLog2)

(AlarmTypeLog3)

(AlarmTypeLog4)

A supervisory node may poll the AlarmLog output for a short alarm history.

The last five alarm reports sent via nvoAlarm are reported via AlarmLog.

When ALARM_NOTIFY_DISABLED is entered into the log, further alarms

or return to normals are not entered into the log, until alarm reporting is

again enabled. If Alarm is bound and not being acknowledged, the last

alarm report entered into AlarmLog is the one that was not

acknowledged.See Alarm and AlarmStatus for related subjects.type [n]

specifies the alarm that was issued via Alarm. See Alarm for the alarm

types used in AlarmLog. The newest alarm is reported in type[0] and the

oldest is reported in type[4]. When a new entry is made to the log, the

oldest entry is lost.

SMOKE_ALARM

IAQ_OVERRIDE

LOW_LIM_ECON_CLOSE

rINPUT_NV_FAILURE

rNODE_DISABLED

rSENSOR_FAILURE

rFROST_PROTECTION

rINVALID_SET_POINT

rLOSS_OF_AIR_FLOW

rDIRTY_FILTER

rSMOKE_ALARM

rIAQ_OVERRIDE

rLOW_LIM_ECON_CLOSE

ALARM_NOTIFY_DISABLED

129

130

131

132

133

134

135

136

137

138

255

nvoData1

(nvoCtlDataG1)

FieldNo

UPDATE_ALL_FIELDS

MODE_FIELD

EFFECT_OCC_FIELD

OVERRIDE_FIELD

SCHED_OCC_FIELD

OCC_TIME_CLOCK_FIELD

NET_MAN_OCC_FIELD

SEN_OCC_FIELD

ECON_ENABLE_FIELD

PROOF_AIR_FLOW_FIELD

UPDATE_ALL_FIELDS

FieldNo: nvoData1 and nvoCtlDataG1 are output network variables

indicating the node status. The information contained in these network

variables are typically used to display the node status on an operator

terminal, used in a trend log, or used in a control process. The information

contained in nvoCtlDataG1 and nvoData1 are identical. nvoCtlDataG1 uses

the SGPUC mechanism to update the status or values. The fields in

nvoData are updated when network variables are polled by the receiver.

Then every six seconds the difference between the field in nvoData and

nvoCtlDataG is calculated. If the difference is significant the field is updated

according to the SGPUC mechanism. FieldNo indicates which other data

field in the SGPUC network variable has changed since the last time it was

sent on the network according to the SGPUC mechanism. If FieldNo is

UPDATE_ALL_FIELDS, then all fields have been updated. If FieldNo is

UPDATE_NO_FIELDS, then no fields have been updated recently.

CALC_OD_ENTHALPY_FIELD 10

CALC_RA_ENTHALPY_FIELD 11

NST

HEAT_STAGES_ON_FIELD

COOL_STAGES_ON_FIELD

FREE1_OUT_FIELD

NTV

FREE2_OUT_FIELD

OCC_STATUS_OUT_FIELD

FAN_ON_FIELD

AUX_ECON_OUT_FIELD

ECON_FLOAT_SYNCH_FIELD 19

AHUCO

DLC_SHED_FIELD

127

IAQ_OVERRIDE_FIELD

SMOKE_MONITOR_FIELD

WINDOW_OPEN_FIELD

DIRTY_FILTER_FIELD

SHUTDOWN_FIELD

MON_SWITCH_FIELD

WSHP_ENABLE_FIELD

UPDATE_NO_FIELDS

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 23. Status Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

User Address

NvName

Field Name

Mode

(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Comments

StatusMode

nvoData1

(nvoCtlDataG1)

START_UP_WAIT

HEAT

COOL

OFF_MODE

DISABLED_MODE

EMERG_HEAT

SMOKE_EMERGENCY

FREEZE_PROTECT

MANUAL

FACTORY_TEST

FAN_ONLY

START_UP_WAIT

Mode: The result of the controller determining which mode of operation it

currently is in. At each power-up, the controller remains in the Start-Up and

Wait mode (a random time from 0 to 20 minutes that is based on the units

network number). After that period, the mode changes to initialize actuators

that will fully close the damper and valve actuators to insure full travel when

under program control. The various other modes are due to normal

operation as well as manual and network commands.

NST

NTV

MEAHUCO

StatusOcc

nvoData1

EffectOcc

Override

OC_OCCUPIED

OC_UNOCCUPIED

OC_BYPASS

OC_STANDBY

OC_NUL

EffectOcc: Result of controller supervising the various Occupied controlling

inputs and deciding which one to use. See StatusinOcy, DestSchedOcc,

ManualOcc and StatusOvrd.

(nvoCtlDataG1)

255

StatusOvrd

StatusSched

nvoData1

(nvoCtlDataG1)

OC_OCCUPIE

DOC_UNOCCUPIED

OC_BYPASS

OC_STANDBY

OC_NUL

Override: Is the effective manual override state arbitrated from NetManOcc,

the wall module override button and the Bypass Timer.

255

nvoData1

(nvoCtlDataG1)

SchedOcc

OC_OCCUPIED

OC_UNOCCUPIED

OC_BYPASS

OC_STANDBY

OC_NUL

DestSchedOcc: DestSchedOcc is calculated from OccTimeClock and

nviTodEvent.CurrentState using the following logic: If

nviTodEvent.CurrentState is OC_OCCUPIED and OccTimeClock is

ST_NUL, then DestSchedOcc is OC_OCCUPIED. If

nviTodEvent.CurrentState is OC_UNOCCUPIED and OccTimeClock is

ST_NUL, then DestSchedOcc is OC_UNOCCUPIED. If

nviTodEvent.CurrentState is OC_STANDBY and OccTimeClock is

ST_NUL, then DestSchedOcc is OC_STANDBY. If

255

nviTodEvent.CurrentState is don’t care and OccTimeClock is ST_ON, then

DestSchedOcc is OC_OCCUPIED. If nviTodEvent.CurrentState is don’t

care and OccTimeClock is ST_OFF, then DestSchedOcc is

OC_UNOCCUPIED. OC_OCCUPIED means the space is scheduled to be

occupied. OC_UNOCCUPIED means the space is scheduled to be

unoccupied. OC_STANDBY means the space is scheduled to be in a

standby state somewhere between OC_OCCUPIED and

OC_UNOCCUPIED.

TimeClckOcc

nvoData1

(nvoCtlDataG1)

OccTimeClock

ST_OFF

ST_LOW

ST_MED

ST_HIGH

ST_ON

ST_NUL

OccTimeClock: OccTimeClock shows the state of the physical time clock

input via nvoIO.OccTimeClock ORed with nviTimeClk. Valid enumerated

values are: ST_OFF means OC_UNOCCUPIED when either the time clock

input is configured and nvoIO.OccTimeClock is 0 and nviTimeClk is not

SW_ON or nviTimeClk.state is SW_OFF and nvoIO.OccTImeClock is not 1.

ST_ON means OC_OCCUPIED when either the time clock input is

configured and nvoIO.OccTimeClock is 1 or nviTimeClk.state is SW_ON.

ST_NUL means that the local time clock input is not configured by

nciIoSelect and nviTimeClk.state is SW_NUL. There is no time clock

configured or bound to the node.

ST_NUL

255

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 23. Status Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

User Address

NvName

Field Name

NetManOcc

(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

OC_NUL

Comments

StatusManOcc

nvoData1

(nvoCtlDataG1)

OC_OCCUPIED

OC_UNOCCUPIED

OC_BYPASS

OC_STANDBY

OC_NUL

NetManOcc: NetManOcc reports the network manual occupancy state from

nviManOcc. The valid enumerated states are: OC_OCCUPIED indicates

occupied OC_UNOCCUPIED indicates not occupied OC_BYPASS

indicates that the space is bypass occupied for

nciAux2SetPt.uiBypassTime seconds after nviManOcc is first set to

OC_BYPASS OC_STANDBY indicates that the space is standby. OC_NUL

means that no manual override is active.

255

StatusOcySen

StatusEconEn

nvoData1

(nvoCtlDataG1)

SenOcc

OC_OCCUPIED

OC_UNOCCUPIED

OC_BYPASS

OC_STANDBY

OC_NUL

ST_NUL

SenOcc: SenOcc indicates the current state of the sensed occupancy and

is calculated from nviSensorOcc and the local occupancy sensor via

nvoIO.OccupancySensor. The local sensor and nviSensorOcc are ORed

together. If either the local sensor or nviSensorOcc shows occupancy, then

SenOcc shows occupancy. The valid enumerated values are:

OC_OCCUPIED means that occupancy is sensed by one or more

sensor.OC_UNOCCUPIED means that no occupancy is sensed by any

sensors.OC_NUL means no local sensor is configured and nviSensorOcc

has failed to be received periodically (bound or not bound).

255

nvoData1

(nvoCtlDataG1)

EconEnable

ST_OFF

ST_LOW

ST_MED

ST_HIGH

ST_ON

EconEnable: EconEnable indicates the current suitability of outdoor air for

use in cooling used by the control process EconEnable is periodically

calculated either from the sensor(s) specified by nciConfig.EconEnable or

from nviEcon. When nviEcon.state is not SW_NUL, then the local inputs

are ignored and nviEcon.state is used instead. See nciConfig.EconEnable.

The valid enumerated values are: ST_OFF means the outdoor air is not

suitable to augment cooling. ST_ON means the outdoor air is suitable to

augment cooling.ST_NUL means no local sensor is selected by

nciConfig.EconEnable, or the selected local sensor has failed or has not

been configured by nciIoSelect, and that nviEcon.state is SW_NUL. The

outdoor air is considered unsuitable for cooling.

ST_NUL

255

SaFanStatus

OaEnthCalc

nvoData1

ProofAirFlow

ST_OFF

ST_LOW

ST_MED

ST_HIGH

ST_ON

ST_NUL

ProofAirFlow: ProofAirFlow indicates the current state of the ProofAirFlow

switch used by the control process and is read by the local sensor via

nvoIO.ProofAirFlow. The valid enumerated values are: ST_OFF means air

flow is not detected. ST_ON means air flow is detected. ST_NUL means no

air flow switch is configured.

(nvoCtlDataG1)

NST

ST_NUL

255

nvoData1

(nvoCtlDataG1)

siCalcODEnthalpyS7 btu/lb

0 to 100

SI_INVALID

siCalcODEnthalpyS7: siCalcODEnthalpyS7 is the calculated outdoor air

enthalpy in btu / lb calculated from the siOutdoorTempS7 and

ubOutdoorHumidityS1. siCalcODEnthalpyS7 is used to determine the

suitability of outside air for cooling when nciConfig.EconEnable is

SINGLE_ENTH and both outdoor temperature and humidity sensors are

present. siCalcODEnthalpyS7 is compared to the enthalpy setpoint stored

in nciAux1SetPts.ubOdEnthalpyEnableS2.

NTV

AHUCO

RaEnthCalc

nvoData1

(nvoCtlDataG1)

siCalcRAEnthalpyS7 btu/lb

0 to 100

SI_INVALID

siCalcRAEnthalpyS7: siCalcRAEnthalpyS7 is the calculated return air

enthalpy in btu / lb calculated from the siReturnTempS7 and

ubReturnHumidityS1. siCalcRAEnthalpyS7 is used to determine the

suitability of outside air for cooling when nciConfig.EconEnable is

DIFF_ENTH and both outdoor and return (or space) temperature sensors

and humidity sensors are present. Sensors may be physically connected to

the node or available over the network.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 23. Status Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

Field Name

Default

Comments

HeatStgsOn

nvoData1

HeatStagesOn

0 to 4

HeatStagesOn: HeatStagesOn indicates how many heating stages are on.

If the node is controlling a heat pump, HeatStagesOn indicates how many

auxiliary heating stages are turned on.

(nvoCtlDataG1)

NST

CoolStgsOn

nvoData1

(nvoCtlDataG1)

CoolStagesOn

0 to 4

CoolStagesOn: CoolStagesOn indicates how many compressor stages are

on. If the node is controlling a heat pump, compressor stages are turned on

for both heating or cooling.

NTV

Free1Stat

Free2Stat

OccStatOut

nvoData1

Free1Out

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

Free1Out: Free1Out indicates the state of FREE1_OUT digital output. 1

means on, and 0 means off.

(nvoCtlDataG1)

nvoData1

(nvoCtlDataG1)

Free2Out

FALSE

TRUE

Free2Out: Free2Out indicates the state of FREE2_OUT digital output. 1

means on, and 0 means off.

MEAHUCO

nvoData1

(nvoCtlDataG1)

OccStatusOut

FALSE

TRUE

OccStatusOut: OccStatusOut indicates the state of the

OCCUPANCY_STATUS_OUT digital output. 1 means on (not

OC_UNOCCUPIED), and 0 means off (OC_UNOCCUPIED).

SaFan

nvoData1

FanOn

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

FanOn: FanOn indicates the state of the FAN_OUT digital output. 1 means

on, and 0 means off.

(nvoCtlDataG1)

StatusEconOut

nvoData1

(nvoCtlDataG1)

AuxEconOut

FALSE

TRUE

AuxEconOut: AuxEconOut indicates the state of the AUX_ECON_OUT

digital output. 1 means that the packaged economizer is enabled, and 0

means the economizer is disabled. A packaged economizer is always

treated as the first stage of cooling when an economizer is configured by

nciIoSelect.

nvoData1

EconFloatSynch

DlcShed

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

EconFloatSynch: EconFloatSynch indicates that the economizer damper

motor is being synchronized with the reported economizer position by

driving the damper for a period longer than it takes to fully close the

damper. The reported economizer position is synchronized whenever an

endpoint is reached (full open or full close).and when the elapsed time

since the last synchronization is 24 hours.

(nvoCtlDataG1)

DlcShed

nvoData1

(nvoCtlDataG1)

FALSE

TRUE

DlcShed: DlcShed indicates the state of nviDlcShed. When DlcShed is 1,

demand limit control set by an energy management node is active. If the

effective occupancy is OC_OCCUPIED or OC_STANDBY when demand

limit control is active, then the setpoint is shifted by

nciAux1SetPt.siDlcBumpTempS7 in the energy saving direction. When

DlcShed is 0, demand limit control is inactive. If nviDlcShed fails to be

received periodically or nviDlcShed becomes 0, then the setpoint is ramped

back to the original setpoint over a 30 minute interval.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 23. Status Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

User Address

NvName

Field Name

IaqOverRide

(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Comments

StatusIaqOvr

nvoData1

(nvoCtlDataG1)

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

IaqOverRide: When an economizer is configured, IaqOverRide indicates

the current state of the indoor air quality, an is used by the control process

to open the economizer damper to let in more outside air. 1 means poor

indoor air quality, and 0 means indoor air quality is OK. When IaqOverRide

is 1, the IAQ_OVERRIDE alarm is initiated. IaqOverRide indicates poor air

quality if the analog sensor OR a digital sensor (local or via network) shows

poor air quality. Specifically, if nvoData2.siSpaceCo2S0 is not SI_INVALID,

and exceeds nciAux1SetPt.siCO2IaqLimitS0, then poor air quality is

detected. Also if nviIaqOvr.state is SW_ON, then poor air quality is

detected. Or if a local digital input is configured as IAQ_OVERRIDE_IN and

nvoIO.IaqOverRide is 1 then poor air quality is also detected. When poor air

quality is detected, the economizer minimum position is set to

nciAux1SetPts.ubEconIaqPosS0, instead of

nciAux1SetPts.ubEconMinPosS0.When an economizer is not configured,

IaqOverRide is 0.

StatusSmoke

StatusWndw

StatusFilter

nvoData1

SmokeMonitor

WindowOpen

DirtyFilter

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

SmokeMonitor: SmokeMonitor indicates the current state of the

SmokeMonitor input used by the control process and is read from another

node via nviEmerg or the local sensor via nvoIO.SmokeMonitor. If either

nviEmerg is not EMERG_NORMAL or nvoIO.SmokeMonitor is 1, then

SmokeMonitor is 1 meaning that smoke is detected. Otherwise

SmokeMonitor is 0, meaning smoke is not detected. When smoke monitor

is 1, the algorithm controls as per the settings found in

(nvoCtlDataG1)

nciConfig.SmokeControl.

nvoData1

(nvoCtlDataG1)

FALSE

TRUE

WindowOpen: WindowOpen indicates the current state of the window

sensors and is calculated from nviWindow state and the local occupancy

sensor via nvoIO.WindowOpen. The local sensor and nviWindow are ORed

together. If either the local sensor or nviWindow shows that the window is

open (nvoIO.WindowOpen = 1 or nviWindow.state = SW_ON), then

WindowOpen shows that the window is open. 1 means that the window is

open and 0 means that the window is closed. When the window is open, the

controller mode is switched to FREEZE_PROTECT.

NST

nvoData1

(nvoCtlDataG1)

FALSE

TRUE

DirtyFilter: DirtyFilter indicates the state of the air filter via the

nvoIO.DirtyFilter digital input or the nvoData1.siFilterPressureS10 analog

input. If nvoData1.siFilterPressureS10 exceeds

NTV

nciAux2SetPt.ubFilterPressStPtS5, a dirty filter is indicated. DirtyFilter is set

to 1 when a dirty filter has been detected by either method for one minute.

DirtyFilter is set to 0 when a dirty filter has not been detected by either

method for one minute. When DirtyFilter is 1, a DIRTY_FILTER alarm is

generated.

ShutDown

nvoData1

ShutDown

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

ShutDown: ShutDown indicates the state of the ShutDown input via

nvoIO.ShutDown. 1 means a ShutDown is being commanded and 0 means

normal operation.

AHUCO

(nvoCtlDataG1)

StatFreezeStat

MonitorSw

nvoData1

(nvoCtlDataG1)

CoilFreezeStat

MonSwitch

FALSE

TRUE

StatFreezeStat: StatFreezeStat gives the state of the cooling coil controlled

by the CVAHU. False (0) it is not freezing or True (1) it is freezing.

NOTE: Only use this User Address when using E-Vision.

nvoData1

(nvoCtlDataG1)

FALSE

TRUE

MonSwitch: MonSwitch is the state of the digital input wired to a general

purpose monitor switch via nvoIO.MonSwitch. 1 means that the switch is

closed and 0 means that the switch is open.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 23. Status Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

User Address

NvName

Field Name

WSHPEnable

(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Comments

WSHPEnable

nvoData1

(nvoCtlDataG1)

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

WSHPEnable: WSHPEnable reports the state of the current state of

nviWSHPEnable. The states for nviWSHPEnable are as follows: If

nviWSHPEnable.state is SW_OFF and the nviWSHPEnable.value is 0,

then WSHPEnable is 0 (Disable Water Source Heat Pump). If

nviWSHPEnable.state is SW_ON and the nviWSHPEnable.value is 0, then

WSHPEnable is 0 (Disable Water Source Heat Pump). If

NST

nviWSHPEnable.state is SW_ON and the nviWSHPEnable.value is not 0,

then WSHPEnable is 1 (Enable Water Source Heat Pump). If

nviWSHPEnable.state is SW_NUL and the nviWSHPEnable.value is any

value, then WSHPEnable is 1 (Enable Water Source Heat Pump when

nviWSHPEnable is not bound to another node).

NTV

MEAHUCO

nvoData2

(nvoCtlDataG2)

FieldNo

UPDATE_ALL_FIELDS

nvoData2. FieldNo: nvoData2 and nvoCtlDataG2 are output network

variables indicating the node status. The information contained in these

network variables are typically used to display the node status on an

operator terminal, used in a trend log, or used in a control process. The

information contained in nvoCtlDataG2 and nvoData2 are identical.

nvoData2 is a polled network variable and must be polled by the receiver.

nvoCtlDataG2 uses the SGPUC mechanism. FieldNo indicates which other

data field in the SGPUC network variable has changed since the last time it

was sent on the network according to the SGPUC mechanism.

BYPASS_TIMER_FIELD

TEMP_CONTROL_PT_FIELD

SPACE_TEMP_FIELD

DISCHARGE_TEMP_FIELD

DISCHARGE_SET_PT_FIELD

RETURN_TEMP_FIELD

RETURN_HUMIDITY_FIELD

RETURN_ENTHALPY_FIELD

OUTDOOR_TEMP_FIELD

OUTDOOR_HUMIDITY_FIELD

OUTDOOR_ENTHALPY_FIELD

FILTER_PRESSURE_FIELD

SPACE_CO2_FIELD

MONITOR_VOLTS_FIELD

COOL_POS_FIELD

HEAT_POS_FIELD

ECON_POS_FIELD

UPDATE_NO_FIELDS

BypTimer

nvoData2

uiBypassTimer

minutes

uiBypassTimer: The time left in the bypass timer is uiBypassTimer minutes.

If uiBypassTimer is zero, then the bypass timer is not running. If

uiBypassTimer is not zero, it is decremented every minute.

(nvoCtlDataG2)

0 to 2880

RmTempActSpt

nvoData2

(nvoCtlDataG2)

siTempControlPtS7

Degrees F

50 to 85

Degrees C

(10 to 29)

SI_INVALID

siTempControlPtS7: The current temperature control point (such that, the

current actual space temperature setpoint which the controller is presently

trying to maintain in the conditioned space) is calculated from the various

Setpoints, operating modes, network variable inputs, and optimum start-up

parameters. The final result is stored in siTempControlPtS7.

RmTemp

nvoData2

(nvoCtlDataG2)

siSpaceTempS7

Degrees F

40 to 100

Degrees C

(4 to 38)

SI_INVALID

siSpaceTempS7: siSpaceTempS7 is the space temperature used by the

control process and is read from another node via nviSpaceTemp or a local

sensor via nvoIO.siSpaceTempS7 or nvoIO.siReturnTempS7. If the network

input is not SI_INVALID, then the network input has priority. The local

sensor is selected by nciConfig.ControlUsesRtnAirTemp. When

nciConfig.ControlUsesRtnAirTemp is 0, then the space temperature sensor

is selected. When nciConfig.ControlUsesRtnAirTemp is 1, then the return

temperature sensor is selected. If the network input and the selected local

sensor has failed or are not configured, siSpaceTempS7 is SI_INVALID.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 23. Status Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

User Address

NvName

Field Name

(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

SI_INVALID

Comments

DaTemp

nvoData2

(nvoCtlDataG2)

siDischargeTempS7

Degrees F

30 to 122

Degrees C

(-1 to 50)

siDischargeTempS7: siDischargeTempS7 is the discharge air temperature

used by the control process and is read from the local sensor via

nvoIO.siDischargeTempS7. If the sensor has failed or is not configured,

siDischargeTempS7 is SI_INVALID.

DaSetpt

RaTemp

RaHum

RaEnth

OaTemp

nvoData2

(nvoCtlDataG2)

siDischargeSetPtS7

siReturnTempS7

Degrees F

30 to 122

Degrees C

(-1 to 50)

SI_INVALID

UB_INVALID

SI_INVALID

siDischargeSetPtS7: siDischargeSetPtS7 is the calculated desired

discharge air temperature when cascade control is being used.

nvoData2

(nvoCtlDataG2)

Degrees F

30 to 122

Degrees C

(-1 to 50)

siReturnTempS7: siReturnTempS7 is the return air temperature used by the

control process read from the local sensor via nvoIO.siReturnTempS7. If

the sensor has failed or is not configured, siReturnTempS7 is SI_INVALID.

nvoData2

(nvoCtlDataG2)

ubReturnHumidityS1 Percentage

10 to 90

ubReturnHumidityS1: ubReturnHumidityS1 is the return air humidity used

by the control process and is read from the local sensor via

nvoIO.ReturnHumidity. If the sensor has failed or is not configured

ubReturnHumidityS1 is UB_INVALID.

nvoData2

(nvoCtlDataG2)

siReturnEnthalpyS7

siOutdoorTempS7

4 to 20

siReturnEnthalpyS7: siReturnEnthalpyS7 is the return air enthalpy used by

the control process and is read from the local sensor via

nvoIO.siReturnEnthalpyS7. If the sensor has failed or is not configured,

siReturnEnthalpyS7 is SI_INVALID.

nvoData2

(nvoCtlDataG2)

Degrees F

-40 to 122

Degrees C

(-40 to 43)

siOutdoorTempS7: siOutdoorTempS7 is the outdoor air temperature used

by the control process and is read from another node via nviOdTemp or the

local sensor via nvoIO.siOutdoorTempS7. If the network input is not

SI_INVALID, then the network input has priority. If both the network input

and the local sensor have failed or are not configured, siOutdoorTempS7 is

SI_INVALID.

OaHum

OaEnth

nvoData2

ubOutdoorHumidityS1 Percentage

10 to 90

UB_INVALID

SI_INVALID

ubOutdoorHumidityS1: ubOutdoorHumidityS1 is the outdoor air humidity

used by the control process and is read from another node via nviOdHum

or the local sensor via nvoIO.OutdoorHumidity. If the network is not

SI_INVALID, then the network input has priority. If both the network input

and the local sensor have failed or are not configured,

(nvoCtlDataG2)

NST

ubOutdoorHumidityS1 is UB_INVALID.

NTV

nvoData2

(nvoCtlDataG2)

siOutdoorEnthalpyS7 mA

4 to 20

siOutdoorEnthalpyS7: siOutdoorEnthalpyS7 is the outdoor air enthalpy

used by the control process and is read from another node via

nviOdEnthS7 or the local sensor via nvoIO.siOutdoorEnthalpyS7. If the

network input is not SI_INVALID, then the network input has priority. If both

the network input and the local sensor have failed or are not configured,

siOutdoorEnthalpyS7 is SI_INVALID.

AHUCO

FilterPress

CO2Sens

nvoData2

siFilterPressureS10

siSpaceCo2S0

inw (kPa)

SI_INVALID

siFilterPressureS10: siFilterPressureS10 is air pressure across the air filter

used by the control process and is read from the local sensor via

nvoIO.siFilterPressureS10. If the local sensor has failed or is not

configured, siFilterPressureS10 is SI_INVALID.

(nvoCtlDataG2)

0 to 5 (0 to 1.25)

nvoCtlDataG2

PPM

150 to 2000

siSpaceCo2S0: siSpaceCo2S0 is the indoor air CO content used by the

control process and read the local sensor via nvoIO.siSpaceCo2S0. If the

local sensor has failed or is not configured, siSpaceCo2S0 is SI_INVALID.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 23. Status Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

User Address

NvName

Field Name

siMonitor1S10

(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

SI_INVALID

Comments

MonitorSens

nvoCtlDataG2

volts

1 to 10

siMonitor1S10: siMonitor1S10 is the voltage applied at the monitor input

terminals. If the sensor is not configured or has failed, the value is

SI_INVALID.

NST

CoolPos

HeatPos

EconPos

nvoCtlDataG2

sbCoolPosS0

sbHeatPosS0

sbEconPosS0

Percentage

0 to 100

sbCoolPosS0: If the node is configured for modulating cool, sbCoolPosS0

shows the current position of the cooling modulating output.

Percentage

0 to 100

sbHeatPosS0: If the node is configured for modulating heat, sbHeatPosS0

shows the current position of the heating modulating output.

NTV

Percentage

0 to 100

sbEconPosS0: If the node is configured for modulating economizer,

sbEconPosS0 shows the current position of the economizer modulating

output.

MEAHUCO

StatusError

nvoError

error_bit[0]

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

For SpaceTempError, a value of 1 (TRUE) indicates that data was not

available from the sensor and will result in a SENSOR_FAILURE alarm. A

value of 0 (FALSE) indicates a normal condition. The heating and cooling

control loops will be turned off it there is a space temp sensor failure. The

fan will remain under normal control.

Byte Offset = 0

Bit Offset = 0

(SpaceTempError)

nvoError

error_bit[0]

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

For SetPtError, see preceding. Upon a failure of the local setpoint, the

control loop will use the default occupied setpoints to control space

temperature.

Byte Offset = 0

Bit Offset = 1

(SetPtError)

error_bit[0]

FALSE

TRUE

For OdTempError, see preceding. All control functions associated with the

failed sensor are disabled as if the sensor was not configured.

Byte Offset = 0

Bit Offset = 2

(OdTempError)

error_bit[0]

FALSE

TRUE

For OdHumError, see preceding. A value of 0 (FALSE) indicates a normal

condition. All control functions associated with the failed sensor are

disabled as if the sensor was not configured.

Byte Offset = 0

Bit Offset = 3

(OdHumError)

error_bit[0]

FALSE

TRUE

OdEnthalpyError: All control functions associated with the failed sensor are

disabled as if the sensor was not configured.

Byte Offset = 0

Bit Offset = 4

(OdEnthalpyError)

error_bit[0]

FALSE

TRUE

DischgTempError: All control functions associated with the failed sensor are

disabled as if the sensor was not configured.

Byte Offset = 0

Bit Offset = 5

(DischgTempError)

error_bit[0]

FALSE

TRUE

RtnTempError: All control functions associated with the failed sensor are

disabled as if the sensor was not configured.

Byte Offset = 0

Bit Offset = 6

RtnTempError)

error_bit[0]

FALSE

TRUE

RtnHumError: All control functions associated with the failed sensor are

disabled as if the sensor was not configured.

Byte Offset = 0

Bit Offset = 7

(RtnHumError)

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 23. Status Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

User Address

NvName

nvoError

Field Name

error_bit[1]

Byte Offset = 1

Bit Offset = 0

(RtnEnthalpyError)

(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Comments

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

RtnEnthalpyError: All control functions associated with the failed sensor are

disabled as if the sensor was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[1]

FALSE

TRUE

MonitorSensorError: All control functions associated with the failed sensor

are disabled as if the sensor was not configured.

Byte Offset = 1

Bit Offset = 1

(MonitorSensorError)

error_bit[1]

FALSE

TRUE

SpaceCO2Error: All control functions associated with the failed sensor are

disabled as if the sensor was not configured.

Byte Offset = 1

Bit Offset = 2

(SpaceCO2Error)

error_bit[1]

FALSE

TRUE

FilterStaticPresError: All control functions associated with the failed sensor

are disabled as if the sensor was not configured.

Byte Offset = 1

Bit Offset = 3

(FilterStaticPresError)

error_bit[1]

FALSE

TRUE

ADCalError: All control functions associated with the failed sensor are

disabled as if the sensor was not configured.

Byte Offset = 1

Bit Offset = 4

(ADCalError)

error_bit[1]

FALSE

TRUE

ApplModeError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are

disabled as if the NV was not configured.

Byte Offset = 1

Bit Offset = 7

(nvApplModeError)

error_bit[2]

FALSE

TRUE

SetPtOffsetError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are

disabled as if the NV was not configured.

Byte Offset = 2

Bit Offset = 0

(nvSetPtOffsetError)

error_bit[2]

FALSE

TRUE

SpaceTempError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are

disabled as if the NV was not configured.

NST

Byte Offset = 2

Bit Offset = 1

(nvSpaceTempError)

NTV

error_bit[2]

FALSE

TRUE

OdTempError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are

disabled as if the NV was not configured.

Byte Offset = 2

Bit Offset = 2

(nvOdTempError)

error_bit[2]

FALSE

TRUE

OdHumError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are

disabled as if the NV was not configured.

AHUCO

Byte Offset = 2

Bit Offset = 3

(nvOdHumError)

error_bit[2]

FALSE

TRUE

SensorOccError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are

disabled as if the NV was not configured.

Byte Offset = 2

Bit Offset = 4

(nvSensorOccError)

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 23. Status Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

User Address

NvName

nvoError

Field Name

error_bit[2]

Byte Offset = 2

Bit Offset = 5

(nvWindowError)

(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Comments

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

WindowError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are

disabled as if the NV was not configured.

NST

nvoError

error_bit[2]

FALSE

TRUE

DlcShedError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are

disabled as if the NV was not configured.

Byte Offset = 2

Bit Offset = 6

(nvDlcShedError)

NTV

error_bit[2]

FALSE

TRUE

TodEventError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are

disabled as if the NV was not configured.

Byte Offset = 2

Bit Offset = 7

(nvTodEventError)

MEAHUCO

error_bit[3]

FALSE

TRUE

ByPassError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are

disabled as if the NV was not configured.

Byte Offset = 3

Bit Offset = 0

(nvByPassError)

error_bit[3]

FALSE

TRUE

OdEnthalpyError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are

disabled as if the NV was not configured.

Byte Offset = 3

Bit Offset = 1

(nvOdEnthalpyError)

error_bit[3]

FALSE

TRUE

EconError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are disabled

as if the NV was not configured.

Byte Offset = 3

Bit Offset = 2

(nvEconError)

error_bit[3]

FALSE

TRUE

IaqOverrideError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are

disabled as if the NV was not configured.

Byte Offset = 3

Bit Offset = 3

(nvIaqOverrideError)

error_bit[3]

FALSE

TRUE

Free1Error: All control functions associated with the failed NV are disabled

as if the NV was not configured.

Byte Offset = 3

Bit Offset = 4

(nvFree1Error)

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 23. Status Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

User Address

NvName

nvoError

Field Name

error_bit[3]

Byte Offset = 3

Bit Offset = 5

(nvFree2Error)

(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Comments

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

Free2Error: All control functions associated with the failed NV are disabled

as if the NV was not configured.

nvoError

error_bit[3]

FALSE

TRUE

TimeClockError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are

disabled as if the NV was not configured.

Byte Offset = 3

Bit Offset = 6

(nvTimeClockError)

nvoError

error_bit[3]

FALSE

TRUE

WSHPEnError: All control functions associated with the failed NV are

disabled as if the NV was not configured.

Byte Offset = 3

Bit Offset = 7

(nvWSHPEnError)

NetConfig

nciNetConfig

CFG_LOCAL

CFG_EXTERNAL

CFG_NUL

CFG_LOCAL

All nodes that support self-installation provide a configuration variable to

allow a network management tool to also install the node. nciNetConfig is

only used by a network management tool and may have the following

values: CFG_LOCAL - Node will use self installation functions to set its own

network image. CFG_EXTERNAL - The nodes network image has been set

by an external source.

255

Table 24. Calibration Points.

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

Field Name

Default

Comments

nvoRaw

K1Raw

K2Raw

Counts

0 to 65535

raw_data contains the analog to digital converter counts measured from the

analog input channel.

NST

Ai1Resistive

Ai2Resistive

Ai3Voltage

Ai4Voltage

RawSpaceTemp

RawSetPoint

NTV

AHUCO

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 25. Configuration Parameters.

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

NOTE: Physical I/O points that are configurable are in Table 20.

Comments

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

Field Name

Default

ASCII Blanks

nciDeviceName

DeviceName is an 18 character field used to identify the node uniquely as

one object at the site or project. The contents of the DeviceName is

maintained by a management node. If DeviceName is all ASCII blanks, it is

considered unconfigured.

NST

nciApplVer

application_type

version_no

time

0 to 255

Seconds

ApplicationType identifies the current application number of the Excel 10.

VersionNumber identifies the version number of the Excel 10 application.

NTV

The time stamp of the last change to the Excel 10 application

configuration. Time meets the ANSI C time stamp requirement specifying

the number of seconds elapsed since midnight (0:00:00), January 1, 1970.

It is represented in the Intel Format.

MEAHUCO

FanMode

nciConfig

FanMode

AUTO_FAN

ECON_NUL

FanMode specifies the operation of the fan. If the FanMode is 0

(AUTO_FAN), then the fan cycles on and off with demand for cooling and

may cycle with heating if FanOnHeat is TRUE. If the FanMode is 1

(CONTINUOUS_FAN), then the fan runs continuously when the effective

occupancy is OC_OCCUPIED or OC_BYPASS. The fan cycles on and off

with demand for cooling and may cycle with heating if FanOnHeat is TRUE

during the OC_UNOCCUPIED or OC_STANDBY modes.

CONTINUOUS_FAN

EconMode

EconEnable

DIGITAL_IN

OD_TEMP

OD_ENTH_A_TYPE

OD_ENTH_B_TYPE

OD_ENTH_C_TYPE

OD_ENTH_D_TYPE

DIFF_TEMP

SINGLE_ENTH

DIFF_ENTH

ECON_NUL

EconEnable specifies the method used to determine when outside air is

suitable for use to augment cooling. The valid values are according to the

enumerated list that is shown in the Engineering Units/States column.

255

SmkCtlMode

HeatCycHr

nciConfig

SmokeControl

ubHeatCph

FAN_OFF_DAMPER_CLOSED

FAN_ON_DAMPER_OPEN

FAN_ON_DAMPER_CLOSED

FAN_OFF_DAMPER_

CLOSED

SmokeControl specifies the operation of the economizer damper and the

fan when the mode is SMOKE_EMERGENCY.

2 to 12

HeatCph specifies the mid-load number of on/off cycles per hour when the

mode is HEAT. In addition the cycle rate specifies the minimum on and off

time. Refer to Table 17 Interstage Minimum Times of the System

Engineering Guide for the actual values.

CoolCycHr

nciConfig

ubCoolCph

2 to 12

CoolCph specifies the mid-load number of on/off cycles per hour when the

mode is COOL. In addition the cycle rate specifies the minimum on and off

time. Refer to Table 17 Interstage Minimum Times of the System

Engineering Guide for the actual values.

FanRunOnCool nciConfig

FanRunOnHeat nciConfig

ubFanRunonCoolS0

ubFanRunonHeatS0

Seconds

0 to 120

FanRunonCool specifies how long the fan runs after all the cooling stages

have turned off. The fan is turned off FanRunonCool seconds after all the

cooling demand has turned off.

Seconds

0 to 120

FanRunonHeat specifies how long the fan runs after all the heating stages

have turned off. The fan is turned off FanRunonHeat seconds after all the

heating demand has turned off.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 25. Configuration Parameters. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

NOTE: Physical I/O points that are configurable are in Table 20.

Comments

Engineering Units: English

User Address

NvName

nciConfig

Field Name

(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

EconMtrSpd

ubEconMtrTimeS0

Seconds

20 to 240

EconMtrTime specifies how long it takes the economizer damper motor to

travel from fully closed to fully open. This time is used to calculate the

reported position of the damper and to determine the length of over drive

time required to assure the damper is fully closed or open.

CoolMtrSpd

HeatMtrSpd

FanFailTime

nciConfig

ubCoolMtrTimeS0

ubHeatMtrTimeS0

ubFanFailTimeS0

Seconds

20 to 240

CoolMtrTime specifies how long it takes the cooling damper or valve motor

to travel from fully closed to fully open. This time is used to calculate the

reported position of the cooling damper or valve and to determine the

length of over drive time required to assure that it is fully closed or open.

Seconds

20 to 240

HeatMtrTime specifies how long it takes the heating damper or valve motor

to travel from fully closed to fully open. This time is used to calculate the

reported position of the heating damper or valve and to determine the

length of over drive time required to assure that it is fully closed or open.

Seconds

1 to 255

Each time FAN_OUT is energized, then the node waits for FanFailTime

seconds to sample the ProofAirFlow input. If ProofAirFlow shows that the

fan is not running for FanFailTime consecutive seconds, then the control is

shut down for the minimum off time. Then the control (including the fan) is

restarted and ProofAirFlow is again tested. If ProofAirFlow shows air flow,

then the control continues to operate, but if ProofAirFlow fails to show air

flow, then the control is again shut down for the minimum off time. After

three unsuccessful restarts, a LOSS_OF_AIR_FLOW alarm is issued and

the control stays in the DISABLED mode with the FAN_OUT off.

RmTempCal

nciConfig

siSpaceTempZeroCalS7 Degrees F

-5 to 5 (-3 to 3)

SpaceTempZeroCal provides offset calibration for the space analog sensor

input and is added to the sensed value. The range of SpaceTempZeroCal

is between -5 and 5 degrees F.

TempOffstCal1

TempOffstCal2

VoltOffstCal1

siResistiveOffsetCalS7[0] Degrees F

-15 to 15 (-9 to 9)

ResistiveOffsetCal[0] provides offset calibration for the resistive analog

sensor input and is added to the sensed value. The range of

ResistiveOffsetCal[0] is between -15 and 15 degrees F.

siResistiveOffsetCalS7[1] Degrees F

-15 to 15 (-9 to 9)

ResistiveOffsetCal[1] provides offset calibration for the resistive analog

sensor input and is added to the sensed value. The range of

ResistiveOffsetCal[1] is between -15 and 15 degrees F.

NST

siVoltageOffsetCalS12[0] volts

-1 to 1

VoltageOffsetCal[0] provides offset calibration for the voltage/current

analog sensor input and is added to the sensed value. The current analog

sensor is converted to a voltage by a 249 ohm resister wired across the

input terminals. The range of VoltageOffsetCal[0] is between -1 and 1 volt.

Voltage offsets are new in engineering units (not volts).

NTV

VoltOffstCal2

nciConfig

siVoltageOffsetCalS12[1] volts

-1 to 1

VoltageOffsetCal[1] provides offset calibration for the voltage/current

analog sensor input and is added to the sensed value. The current analog

sensor is converted to a voltage by a 249 ohm resister wired across the

input terminals. The range of VoltageOffsetCal[1] is between -1 and 1 volt.

Voltage offsets are new in engineering units (not volts).

AHUCO

FanOnHtMode

FanOnHeat

FALSE

TRUE

FanOnHeat specifies the operation of the fan during HEAT mode. If

FanOnHeat is 1(TRUE), then the fan is on when the mode is HEAT. If

FanOnHeat is a 0 (FALSE) the fan is never turned on when the mode is

HEAT, and typically a thermostatically controlled switch sensing heated air

temperature turns on the fan.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 25. Configuration Parameters. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

NOTE: Physical I/O points that are configurable are in Table 20.

Comments

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

nciConfig

Field Name

Default

DisMinHtTime

DisableHeatMinTime

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

If DisableHeatMinTime is 0 (FALSE), the heating stages are on or off for a

minimum time determined by ubHeatCph (Refer to Table 17 Interstage

Minimum Times of the System Engineering Guide). If DisableHeatMinTime

is 1 (TRUE), the heating stages are on or off for a 30 second minimum

time.

NST

DisMinClTime

CascCntrl

nciConfig

DisableCoolMinTime

CascadeControl

FALSE

TRUE

If DisableCoolMinTime is 0 (FALSE), the cooling stages are on or off for a

minimum time determined by CoolCph (Refer to Table 17 Interstage

Minimum Times of the System Engineering Guide). If DisableCoolMinTime

is 1 (TRUE), the cooling stages are on or off for a 30 second minimum

time.

NTV

MEAHUCO

FALSE

TRUE

When CascadeControl is 0 (FALSE), then the discharge air temperature is

not directly controlled and heating and cooling equipment are modulated to

maintain space temperature. When CascadeControl is 1 (TRUE), then the

discharge air temperature is controlled by an additional control loop based

on the error signal from the space temperature control loop. Cascade

Control is applicable to modulating heating/cooling only (not staged).

UseRaTempCtl nciConfig

ControlUsesRtnAirTemp FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

If ControlUsesRtnAirTemp is a 0 (FALSE), then Data2.SpaceTemp is set

equal either the space temperature sensor (IO.siSpaceTemp) or

SpaceTemp depending on the value of SpaceTemp. When

ControlUsesRtnAirTemp is 1 (TRUE) and SpaceTemp is SI_INVALID, then

Data2.SpaceTemp is set equal to return air sensor (IO.ReturnTemp) and

the control uses the return air sensor to control heating or cooling. When

ControlUsesRtnAirTemp is 1 (TRUE) and SpaceTemp is not SI_INVALID,

then Data2.siSpaceTemp is set equal to SpaceTemp and the control uses

SpaceTemp to control heating or cooling.

IaqUseHeat

nciConfig

IaqUseHeat

FALSE

TRUE

When the effective occupancy is OC_OCCUPIED and IaqUseHeat is 0

(FALSE), then no heating stages or modulating heating are turned when

the discharge air temperature goes below the low limit. Energy has priority

over ventilation. When the effective occupancy is OC_OCCUPIED and

IaqUseHeat is 1 (TRUE), then the heating stages or modulating heating

are turned on to prevent the discharge air temperature from going below

the discharge air temperature low limit. Ventilation has priority over energy

cost.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 25. Configuration Parameters. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

NOTE: Physical I/O points that are configurable are in Table 20.

Comments

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

nciConfig

Field Name

OverridePriority

Default

OvrdPriority

LAST

NET

OverridePriority configures the override arbitration between ManOcc,

Bypass.state, and the wall module override button. If OverridePriority is 0

(LAST), then the last command received from either the wall module or

iManOcc determines the effective override state. If OverridePriority is 1

(NET), this specifies that when ManOcc is not OC_NUL, that the effective

occupancy is ManOcc regardless of the wall module override state.

UseWallModStpt nciConfig

UseWallModStPt

SetPntKnob

FALSE

TRUE

UseWallModStpt specifies the OC_OCCUPIED temperature setpoint

source. If UseWallModStpt is 0 (FALSE), then the occupied TempSetPts

are used when the effective occupancy is OC_OCCUPIED. If

UseWallModStpt is 1 (TRUE), then the wall modules setpoint knob is used

when the effective occupancy is OC_OCCUPIED. SetPt overrides all.

SetPtKnob

OvrdType

nciConfig

OFFSET

ABSOLUTE_MIDDLE

NORMAL

SetPntKnob specifies the usage of the setpoint knob when

UseWallModStPt is TRUE. When SetPntKnob is 0 (ABSOLUTE_MIDDLE),

the setpoint knob directly determines the center point of between the

OC_OCCUPIED cooling and heating setpoints. When SetPntKnob is 1

(OFFSET), the effective setpoint is calculated by adding the remote

setpoint potentiometer value (center scale = 0) to the appropriate value of

TempSetPts.

OverrideType

NONE

OverrideType specifies the behavior of the override button. If the

OverrideType is 0 (NONE) then the override button is disabled. An

OverrideType of 1 (NORMAL), causes the override button to set the

OverRide state to OC_BYPASS for Aux2SetPt.BypassTime seconds when

the override button has been pressed for approximately 1 to 4 seconds, or

to set the OverRide state to UNOCC when the button has been pressed for

approximately 4 to 7 seconds. When the button is pressed longer than

approximately 7 seconds, then the OverRide state is set to OC_NUL. If the

OverrideType is 2 (BYPASS_ONLY), the override button sets the OverRide

state to OC_BYPASS for Aux2SetPt.BypassTime seconds on the first

press. On the next press, the OverRide state is set to OC_NUL.

NORMAL

BYPASS_ONLY

NST

Table 26. LONMARK®/Open System Points.

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

NTV

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

Field Name

Default

Comments

AHUCO

nciNodeSendT

Seconds

The maximum time between updates of network variable outputs from the

node object.

(SNVT_time_sec)

nciRtuSendT

(SNVT_time_sec)

Seconds

The SGPUC and SGPU time (heart beat time) between updates of network

variable outputs.NOTE: RtuSendT should be set to 55 seconds by a

management node to be compatible with a Honeywell system.

nciRtuRcvT

(SNVT_time_sec)

Seconds

This is the failure detection time for network SGPUC and SGPU variables

outputs.NOTE: RtuRcvT should be set to 300 seconds by a management

node to be compatible with a Honeywell system.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 26. LONMARK®/Open System Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

User Address

NvName

Field Name

occupied_cool

(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

Comments

CoolOccSpt

nciTempSetPts

(SNVT_temp_setpt)

Degrees F

50 to 95

Degrees C

(10 to 35)

The Cooling Occupied Setpoint is used if no wall module setpoint pot is

configured as the standard Occupied Cooling Setpoint. Actual Cooling

Setpoint can be affected by various control parameters (such as DlcShed,

SrcRmtTempSpt, etc.). Actual room temperature Setpoint is reflected in

RmTempActSpt. Overridden by nviSetPt. Used to compute ZEB.

NST

CoolStbySpt

nciTempSetPts

(SNVT_temp_setpt)

standby_cool

Degrees F

50 to 95

Degrees C

(10 to 35)

When the controller is in the Standby mode (typically via an occupancy

sensor), the base Cooling Setpoint is determined by the Cooling Standby

Setpoint value. Also, when a wall module setpoint pot is configured, this

value serves as the upper limit on the user adjustable remote setpoint pot

(wall module).

NTV

MEAHUCO

CoolUnoccSpt

HeatOccSpt

HeatStbySpt

nciTempSetPts

unoccupied_cool

occupied_heat

standby_heat

Degrees F

50 to 95

Degrees C

(10 to 35)

When the controller is in the Unoccupied mode, the unit responds to a call

for cooling based on the Cooling Unoccupied Setpoint.

(SNVT_temp_setpt)

nciTempSetPts

(SNVT_temp_setpt)

Degrees F

50 to 95

Degrees C

(10 to 35)

When the controller is in the Occupied mode, if the space temperature

drops below the Heating Occupied Setpoint, the unit switches to the

Heating mode. This Setpoint is used only when there is no wall module

setpoint pot configured. Overridden by nviSetPt. Used to compute ZEB.

nciTempSetPts

(SNVT_temp_setpt)

Degrees F

50 to 95

When the controller is in the Standby mode (typically via an occupancy

sensor), the base Heating Setpoint is determined by the Heating Standby

Setpoint value. Also, when a wall module setpoint pot is configured, this

value serves as the lower limit on the user adjustable remote setpoint pot

(wall module).

Degrees C

(10 to 35)

HeatUnoccSpt

nciTempSetPts

unoccupied_heat

object_id

Degrees F

50 to 95

When the controller is in the Unoccupied mode, the unit responds to a call

for heating based on the Heating Unoccupied Setpoint.

(SNVT_temp_setpt)

Degrees C

(10 to 35)

nviRequest

(SNVT_obj_request)

0 to 65535

Request provides the mechanism to request a particular status report (via

Status) for a particular object within this node. Object_id selects the object

being referenced by nviRequest. The only valid value of object_id is 1 for

the RTU object and all others are invalid.

nviRequest

(SNVT_obj_request)

object_request

RQ_NORMAL

When object_request is RQ_NORMAL or RQ_UPDATE_STATUS then the

status (via Status) will be reported for the object addressed by object_id.

When object_request is RQ_REPORT_MASK then the status bits will be

reported that are supported in nvoStatus by the object addressed by

object_id. Bits that are supported by the object are set to one. All other

object_request items are not supported at this time and will return an

invalid_request (Status) in the object status.

RQ_DISABLED

RQ_UPDATE_STATUS

RQ_SELF_TEST

RQ_UPDATE_ALARM

RQ_REPORT_MASK

RQ_OVERRIDE

RQ_ENABLE

RQ_RMV_OVERRIDE

RQ_CLEAR_STATUS

RQ_CLEAR_ALARM

RQ_NUL

255

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 26. LONMARK®/Open System Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

Field Name

Default

Comments

DestHvacMode

nviApplMode

(SNVT_hvac_mode)

HVAC_AUTO

M X X

X ApplMode is an input that coordinates the roof top unit controller operation

HVAC_HEAT

with other controllers. HVAC_NIGHT_PURGE

HVAC_MRNG_WRMUP

HVAC_COOL

HVAC_PRE_COOL

HVAC_MRNG_WRMUP

HVAC_NIGHT_PURGE

HVAC_PRE_COOL

HVAC_OFF

HVAC_NUL

HVAC_TEST are not supported and will default to the HVAC_AUTO setting

if received.

HVAC_TEST

HVAC_EMERG_HEAT

HVAC_FAN_ONLY

HVAC_NUL

255

DestManOcc

nviManOcc

(SNVT_occupancy)

OC_OCCUPIED

OC_UNOCCUPIED

OC_BYPASS

OC_STANDBY

OC_NUL

ManOcc is an input from a network connected operator interface or other

node that indicates the state of a manual occupancy control thus over

riding the scheduled occupancy state. ManOcc is used along with other

occupancy inputs to calculate the effective occupancy of the node. See the

Data1.EffectOcc and Data1.NetManOcc for more details.The valid

enumerated values have the following meanings: OC_OCCUPIED

indicates occupied. OC_UNOCCUPIED indicates not occupied.

OC_BYPASS indicates that the space is occupied for

255

Aux2SetPt.BypassTime seconds after ManOcc is first set to OC_BYPASS.

The timing is done by the bypass timer in this node. If ManOcc changes to

another value the timer is stopped.OC_STANDBY indicates that the space

is in standby mode.OC_NUL and all unspecified values means that no

manual occupancy control is requested. When ManOcc changes from

OC_OCCUPIED, OC_UNOCCUPIED, OC_BYPASS, or OC_STANDBY to

OC_NUL, any bypass condition is canceled.

DestRmTempSpt

DestSptOffset

nviSetPoint

Degrees F

50 to 95

SI_INVALID

SetPoint is an input network variable used to determine the temperature

control point of the node. If SetPoint is not SI_INVALID, then it is used to

determine the control point of the node. If SetPoint is SI_INVALID, then

other means are used to determine the control point. See

(SNVT_temp_p)

Degrees C

(10 to 35)

Data2.TempControlPt for more information.

NST

nviSetPtOffset

(SNVT_temp_p)

Degrees F

-18 to 18

Degrees C

-10 to 10

X SetPtOffset is input from an operator terminal or from an energy

management system used to shift the effective temperature setpoint by

adding SetPtOffset to the otherwise calculated setpoint. If the value is

outside the allowed range of -10 to +10 degrees C (-18 to 18 degrees F),

then the node uses the value of the nearest range limit.

NTV

SrcRmTempActSpt nvoEffectSetPt

(SNVT_temp_p)

Degrees F

50 to 95

Degrees C

(10 to 35)

SI_INVALID

EffectSetPt is the current temperature control point (such that the current

actual space temperature setpoint which the controller is presently trying to

maintain in the conditioned space). See Data2.TempControlPt for more

details. EffectSetPt is updated according to the SGPU mechanism where a

significant change is plus or minus 0.07 degrees C (0.13 degrees F).

AHUCO

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 26. LONMARK®/Open System Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

Field Name

Default

Comments

DestRmTemp

nviSpaceTemp

(SNVT_temp_p)

Degrees F

14 to 122

Degrees C

(-10 to 50)

SI_INVALID

X SpaceTemp is the space temperature sensed by another node and is

typically bound to SpaceTemp of another node having a space temperature

sensor. If SpaceTemp has a value other than SI_INVALID it is used as the

sensed space temperature by the node rather than using any local hard-

wired sensor. If the value is outside the allowed range of -10 to 50 degrees

C (-18 to 90 degrees F), then the node uses the value of the nearest range

limit. When SpaceTemp is not bound to another node, SpaceTemp may be

used to fix the sensed temperature. A management node may write a value

other than SI_INVALID, causing the node to use SpaceTemp instead of the

hard-wired sensor. An application restart or power failure causes the fixed

sensor value to be forgotten and SpaceTemp to be returned to

SI_INVALID.

NST

NTV

MEAHUCO

SrcRmTemp

DestOaTemp

nvoSpaceTemp

(SNVT_temp_p)

Degrees F

14 to 122

Degrees C

(-10 to 50)

SI_INVALID

SpaceTemp is the sensed space temperature from the locally wired sensor.

SpaceTemp is typically bound to SpaceTemp of another node which may

not have its own space temperature sensor but control the same space.

The reported space temperature includes the offset correction

Config.SpaceTempZeroCal. If the space temperature sensor is not

connected or is shorted, or if SpaceTemp is bound to another node, then

SpaceTemp is set to SI_INVALID.

nviOdTemp

(SNVT_temp_p)

Degrees F

-40 to 122

Degrees C

(-40 to 50)

M X

X OdTemp allows one outside air temperature sensor at a node to be shared

by many other nodes. When OdTemp is not SI_INVALID, then any local

sensor is ignored by the local control algorithm and OdTemp is used

instead. If the value is outside the allowed range of -40 to 50 degrees C (-

72 to 90 degrees F), then the node uses the value of the nearest range

limit.

SrcOaTemp

DestOaHum

SrcOaHum

nvoOdTemp

Degrees F

-40 to 122

Degrees C

(-40 to 50)

SI_INVALID

M X

OdTemp allows the local outdoor temperature sensor to be shared with

other nodes and is typically bound to OdTemp on other nodes. If the local

sensor is configured by Select, OdTemp is periodically sent on the network.

If the local sensor is not configured or currently showing an error, the value

is SI_INVALID.

(SNVT_temp_p)

nviOdHum

(SNVT_lev_percent)

Percentage

10 to 90

X OdHum allows one outdoor humidity sensor at a node to be shared by

many other nodes. When nviOdHum is not SI_INVALID, then the local

sensor, is ignored by the local control algorithm and OdHum is used

instead. If the value is outside the allowed range (10 to 90 percent), then

the node uses the value of the nearest range limit.

nvoOdHum

(SNVT_lev_percent)

Percentage

10 to 90

OdHum allows the local outdoor humidity sensor to be shared with other

nodes and is typically bound to OdHum on other nodes. If the local sensor

is configured by Select, OdHum is periodically sent on the network. If the

local sensor is not configured or currently showing an error, the value is

SI_INVALID.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 26. LONMARK®/Open System Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

Field Name

Default

Comments

DestEmergCmd

nviEmerg

(SNVT_hvac_emerg)

EMERG_NORMAL

EMERG_PRESSURIZE

EMERG_DEPRESSURIZE

EMERG_PURGE

EMERG_SHUTDOWN

EMERG_NUL

EMERG_NORMAL M X X

Emerg is an emergency input from a device that determines the correct

action during a given emergency (such as a fire). If Emerg is

EMERG_NORMAL the fan and economizer damper are controlled by the

heating and cooling control algorithm. If Emerg is EMERG_PRESSURIZE,

then the fan is controlled on and the economizer damper is open. If Emerg

is EMERG_DEPRESSURIZE, then the fan is controlled on and the

economizer damper is closed. If Emerg is EMERG_SHUTDOWN, then the

fan is controlled off and the economizer damper is closed. If Emerg is

EMERG_PURGE, the fan and damper go to the state specified by

Config.SmokeControl. If Emerg is not configured then it is set to

EMERG_NUL.

255

SrcUnitStatus

nvoUnitStatus

(SNVT_hvac_status)

mode

HVAC_AUTO

HVAC_NUL

M X

Mode is set according to the Data1.mode. If Data1.mode is

HVAC_HEAT

START_UP_WAIT, SMOKE_EMERGENCY, or FREEZE_PROTECT, mode

is set to HVAC_NUL which indicates that the node is in a mode not

supported by the SNVT_hvac_mode data type. If Data1.mode is HEAT,

then mode is set to HVAC_HEAT which indicates that heating energy is

being supplied to the controlled space. If Data1.mode is COOL, then mode

is set to HVAC_COOL, which indicates that cooling energy is being

supplied to the controlled space. If Data1.mode is OFF_MODE or

DISABLED_MODE, then mode is set to HVAC_OFF which indicates that

the node is not running its normal temperature control and the outputs are

not turned off. If Data1.mode is EMERG_HEAT, mode is set to

HVAC_MRNG_WRMUP

HVAC_COOL

HVAC_NIGHT_PURGE

HVAC_PRE_COOL

HVAC_OFF

HVAC_TEST

HVAC_EMERG_HEAT

HVAC_FAN_ONLY

HVAC_NUL

255

HVAC_EMERG_HEAT where, in a heat pump application, the compressor

stages are disabled and only auxiliary heating stages are turned on. If

Data1.mode is MANUAL or FACTORY_TEST, mode is set to HVAC_TEST

which indicates that the node is in a manual or test mode. If Data1.mode is

FAN_ONLY, mode is set to HVAC_FAN_ONLY which indicates that the fan

is running but the space temperature control is turned off.

nvoUnitStatus

heat_output_primary

Percentage

0 to 100

heat_output_primary reports the current percentage of heating stages or

modulating heat turned on. If the node is controlling a heat pump,

heat_output_primary reports the current percentage of compressor stages

turned on when the node is in the HVAC_HEAT mode.

(SNVT_hvac_status)

NST

nvoUnitStatus

(SNVT_hvac_status)

heat_output_secondary Percentage

0 to 100

If the node is controlling a heat pump, heat_output_secondary reports the

current percentage of auxiliary heating stages turned on when the node is

in the HVAC_HEAT or HVAC_EMERG_HEAT mode. If the node is not

controlling a heat pump, heat_output_secondary is set to zero.

NTV

nvoUnitStatus

(SNVT_hvac_status)

cool_output

Percentage

0 to 100

cool_output reports the current percentage of cooling stages or modulating

cool turned on. If the node is controlling a heat pump, cool_output reports

the current percentage of compressor stages turned on when the node is in

the HVAC_COOL mode.

AHUCO

nvoUnitStatus

econ_output

fan_output

Percentage

0 to 100

If there is a modulating economizer configured, econ_output reports the

percentage that the economizer damper is opened. If no economizer is

configured, econ_output reports 0.

(SNVT_hvac_status)

nvoUnitStatus

(SNVT_hvac_status)

Percentage

0 to 100

When the fan is running, fan_output is 100 percent, and when the fan is not

running, fan_output is 0 percent.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 26. LONMARK®/Open System Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

User Address

NvName

Field Name

in_alarm

(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

FALSE

Comments

nvoUnitStatus

(SNVT_hvac_status)

FALSE

TRUE

When there is an alarm reported by AlarmStatus, then in_alarm is set to 1

(TRUE), else in_alarm is set to 0 (FALSE). If alarms reporting is

suppressed via ManualMode, then in_alarm is set to

ALARM_NOTIFY_DISABLED.

ALARM_NOTIFY_DISABLED 255

NST

nviInUse(unsigned

long)

0 To 65535

0 to FFFF

InUse is used by a management node to indicate to all other management

nodes that it is logged on to the Excel 10 node and that they should not try

to interact with any of the Excel 10s network variables. Before the

management node reads or writes any network variables, the management

node checks nviInUse for a zero value meaning no other management

nodes are already logged on and that a management node may log on to

the node. Then the management node writes a number, 1 through 65534,

to nviInUse and periodically writes the same value to indicate that the

management node is still logged on. If there are no writes made to

nviInUse for approximately 60 seconds, then the Excel 10 resets nviInUse

to zero to automatically log off the management node. Before interacting

with any network variables, the management node verifies that the

nviInUse has not changed. The management node logs off by writing 0 to

nviInUse.During power up, an application restart, or return to on-line from

off-line, the Excel 10 sets InUse to 65535 to indicate to the management

node that it has returned to on-line.

NTV

MEAHUCO

nvoStatus

object_id

0 to 65535

object_id is set to the current value of nviRequest.object_id

(SNVT_obj_request)

nvoStatus

invalid_id

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

If Request.Object_id is not a valid object, invalid_id is set to 1 (TRUE)

otherwise it is set to 0 (FALSE).

(SNVT_obj_request)

nvoStatus

(SNVT_obj_request)

invalid_request

disabled

FALSE

TRUE

If Request.object_request is not a valid request for the object addressed,

invalid_request is set to 1 (TRUE) otherwise it is set to 0 (FALSE).

nvoStatus

(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE

TRUE

The disabled field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE) unless

Request.object_request is RQ_REPORT_MASK, then disabled and

in_alarm are set to 1 (TRUE) to indicate that these functions are supported

while all other fields are set to 0 (FALSE).

nvoStatus

out_of_limits

open_circuit

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

The out_of_limits field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

The open_circuit field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

The out_of_service field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

The mechanical_fault field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

The feedback_failure field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

The over_range field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

The under_range field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

(SNVT_obj_request)

nvoStatus

(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE

TRUE

nvoStatus

(SNVT_obj_request)

out_of_service

mechanical_fault

feedback_failure

over_range

FALSE

TRUE

nvoStatus

(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE

TRUE

nvoStatus

(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE

TRUE

nvoStatus

(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE

TRUE

nvoStatus

(SNVT_obj_request)

under_range

FALSE

TRUE

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 26. LONMARK®/Open System Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

User Address

NvName

Field Name

electrical_fault

(Metric) or States plus Range

Default

FALSE

Comments

nvoStatus

(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE

TRUE

The electrical_fault field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

nvoStatus

unable_to_measure

comm_failure

fail_self_test

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

The unable_to_measure field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

The comm_failure field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

The fail_self_test field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

The self_test_in_progress field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

The locked_out field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

The manual_control field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

(SNVT_obj_request)

nvoStatus

(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE

TRUE

nvoStatus

(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE

TRUE

nvoStatus

(SNVT_obj_request)

self_test_in_progress

locked_out

FALSE

TRUE

nvoStatus

(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE

TRUE

nvoStatus

(SNVT_obj_request)

manual_control

in_alarm

FALSE

TRUE

nvoStatus

(SNVT_obj_request)

FALSE

TRUE

If there are currently any active alarms reported by SrcUnitStatus.in_alarm

or SrcUnitStatus.in_alarm is set to ALARM_NOTIFY_DISABLED,in_alarm

is set to 1 (TRUE), otherwise in_alarm is set to 0 (FALSE). When

Request.object_request is RQ_REPORT_MASK, then disabled and

in_alarm are set to 1 (TRUE) to indicate that these functions are supported

while all other fields are set to 0 (FALSE).

nvoStatus

(SNVT_obj_request)

in_override

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

The in_override field is not supported and is set to 0 (FALSE).

DestOccSensor

nviSensorOcc

(SNVT_occupancy)

OC_OCCUPIED

OC_UNOCCUPIED

OC_BYPASS

OC_STANDBY

OC_NUL

M X

X nviSensorOcc allows an occupancy sensor at another node to be used as

the occupancy sensor for this node and is typically bound to SensorOcc of

another node. The nviSensorOcc input must show OC_UNOCCUPIED for

300 seconds before it is used by the controller for triggering UN_OC

operation. This makes it possible for several occupancy sensors to be

ORed together by binding them all to nviSensorOcc. If any one bound

occupancy sensor shows occupancy, then SensorOcc shows occupancy

for up to 300 seconds after the last sensor shows OC_OCCUPIED. The

valid states have the following meanings: OC_OCCUPIED indicates

occupied. OC_BYPASS, OC_STANDBY, and all unspecified values

indicates the same as OC_OCCUPIED. OC_UNOCCUPIED or OC_NUL

indicates not occupied.

255

NST

NTV

SrcOccSensor

nvoSensorOcc

(SNVT_occupancy)

OC_OCCUPIED

OC_UNOCCUPIED

OC_BYPASS

OC_STANDBY

OC_NUL

M X

nvoSensorOcc is an output showing the current state of the hard wired

occupancy sensor. The valid states are as follows: OC_OCCUPIED

indicates that the space is occupied. OC_UNOCCUPIED indicates that the

space is not occupied. OC_NUL means no output is available because it is

not configured.

AHUCO

255

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 26. LONMARK®/Open System Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

Field Name

Default

Comments

nviWindow

(SNVT_switch)

value

0 to 100

Window allows the window sensor from another node to be used as the

window sensor and is typically bound to nvoWindow of another node.

Window must show that the window is closed for 300 seconds before

Window is used as window closed. This makes it possible for several

window sensors to be ORed together by binding them all to nviWindow. If

any one bound window sensor shows window open, then Window shows

window open for up to 300 seconds after the last sensor shows window

closed. If the state is SW_OFF or SW_NUL, then the result is Window

Closed. If the state is SW_ON and the value is 0, then the result is Window

Closed. If the node receives this combination of state and value, then state

is set to SW_OFF. If the state is SW_ON and the value is not zero, then the

result is Window Open. NOTE: nviWindow is called nviEnergyHoldOff in

NST

NTV

MEAHUCO

ON ARK

compliance profile.

the L

DestWndw

nviWindow

state

SW_OFF

SW_ON

SW_NUL

M X

X See the preceding.

(SNVT_switch)

255

SrcWndwCt

SrcWndw

nvoWindow

(SNVT_switch)

value

state

0 to 100

See the preceding.NOTE: nvoWindow is called nviEnergyHoldOff in the

LonMark compliance profile.

nvoWindow

(SNVT_switch)

SW_OFF

SW_ON

SW_NUL

255

SW_NUL

M X

Window allows the hard wired window sensor to be used by other nodes on

the network. The valid states are as follows: If the state is SW_OFF and the

value is 0 then the result is Window Closed. If the state is SW_ON and the

value is 100 percent, the result is Window Open. If the state is SW_NUL

and the value is 0, the result is Window Sensor Not Configured. NOTE:

nvoWindow is called nviEnergyHoldOff in the LonMark compliance profile.

nviEcon

(SNVT_switch)

value

0 to 100

nviEcon allows one controller to determine the suitability of outdoor air for

free cooling and share this with many other nodes. When Econ.state is not

SW_NUL, then the local sensor selected by Config.EconEnable is ignored

and Econ is used instead. The inputs states have the following meanings: If

the state is SW_OFF or other and the value is don’t care, then the outdoor

air is not suitable for free cooling. If the state is SW_ON and the value is 0,

then the outdoor air is not suitable for free cooling. If the node receives this

combination of state and value, then state is set to SW_OFF. If the state is

SW_ON and the value is not zero, then outdoor is suitable for free cooling.

If the state is SW_NUL, then the network variable is not bound, the

communications path from the sending node has failed, or the sending

node has failed. Outdoor air is not suitable for free cooling.

DestEconEnable

nviEcon

(SNVT_switch)

state

SW_OFF

SW_ON

SW_NUL

M X

X For nviEcon.state, refer to nviEcon.value.

255

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 26. LONMARK®/Open System Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

Field Name

Default

Comments

SrcEconEnCt

nvoEcon

(SNVT_switch)

value

0 to 100

nvoEcon allows one controller to determine the suitability of outdoor air for

free cooling and share this with other nodes and is typically bound to Econ

on other nodes. If the economizer function is configured by

Config.EconEnable, Econ is periodically calculated from the local sensor

specified by Config.EconEnable and is sent on the network. Econ does not

affect Econ. The output has the following states: If the state is SW_OFF

and the value is 0, then the outdoor air is not suitable for free cooling. If the

state is SW_ON and the value is 100 percent, then the outdoor air is

suitable for free cooling. If the state is SW_NUL and the value is 0, the

corresponding economizer function is not enabled because

Config.EconEnable is ECON_NUL, DIFF_TEMP, or DIFF_ENTH or

because the selected sensor has failed.

SrcEconEnable

nvoEcon

(SNVT_switch)

state

SW_OFF

SW_ON

SW_NUL

M X

For nvoEcon.state, refer to nvoEcon.value.

255

NST

NTV

AHUCO

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 27. Direct Access And Special Points.

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

Field Name

Default

Comments

DestManMode

nviManualMode

MODE_ENABLE

X X

ManualMode is an input which is used to disable the Excel 10s control algorithms

and to manually set the physical outputs. ManualMode remains unchanged until

another mode has been commanded or an application restart has been performed.

See the Data1.mode for more details.The valid enumerated values are:

MODE_ENABLE enables the node so that the control algorithm determines the

operating mode, and controls the physical outputs. MODE_ENABLE is the default

state after power restore or application restart. If the mode was MANUAL and

nviManualMode is set to MODE_ENABLE, the node then goes through

application_restart.MODE_DISABLE sets the node to the DISABLED_MODE. The

alarm NODE_DISABLED is initiated, all control loops are disabled, and the physical

outputs are turned off. The physical inputs, network variable inputs, and network

variable outputs are still functioning when the node is in the DISABLED_MODE.

MODE_MANUAL sets the node into the MANUAL mode. If MANUAL is selected, the

controller enters Test Mode (manual override of outputs). The alarm

MODE_DISABLE

MODE_MANUAL

SUPPRESS_ALARMS

UNSUPPRESS_ALARMS

NST

NTV

MEAHUCO

NODE_DISABLED is initiated, all control loops are disabled, and the physical

outputs are controlled manually as commanded by nviManValue. The nodes

configuration variables and nviManValue are used to set valves, dampers, and / or

digital output to the desired manual positions or state(s). The physical inputs,

network variable inputs, and network variable outputs are still functioning when the

node is in the MANUAL mode.SUPPRESS_ALARMS causes nvoAlarm.type to be

set to ALARM_NOTIFY_DISABLED, and AlarmLog to no longer record alarms. If

alarms are suppressed, UNSUPPRESS_ALARMS causes Alarm.type and

AlarmLog to be returned to reporting alarms. See Alarm for more details. All

unspecified values are the same as MODE_ENABLE.

TestMode

nviManValue

OutDrive

NORMAL_OP

OUT_1_ON

OUT_2_ON

OUT_3_ON

OUT_4_ON

OUT_5_ON

OUT_6_ON

OUT_7_ON

OUT_8_ON

ALL_OUT_OFF

ALL_OUT_ON

DISABLE_OUT

NORMAL_OP

OutDrive ManValue is used for Factory Testing only.

TestHCPos

nviManValue

sbManHeatCoolPosS0 percentage

-127 to 127

X During MANUAL mode, ManHeatCoolPos sets the modulating position of the

heating or cooling motor (if configured) to the specified position. If ManHeatCoolPos

is less than 0 or greater than 100, the motor is overdriven for a period longer than

the motor time to ensure that it is at the end of travel. The heat motor is driven when

HeatCoolMode is 1 and the cool motor is driven when HeatCoolMode is 0. At the

moment when the node transfers to MANUAL_MODE or HeatCoolMode is changed,

ManHeatCoolPos is set the current motor position.

TestEconPos

sbManEconPosS0

Percentage

-127 to 127

X During MANUAL mode, ManEconPos sets the modulating position of the

economizer motor (if configured) to the specified position. If ManEconPos is less

than 0 or greater than 100, the motor is overdriven for a period longer than the motor

time to ensure that it is at the end of travel. At the moment when the node transfers

to MANUAL_MODE, ManEconPos is set the current motor position.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 27. Direct Access And Special Points. (Continued)

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

Field Name

Default

Comments

TestHtClStg1

nviManValue

HeatCoolStage1

OFF

X During MANUAL mode, HeatCoolStage1 parameters turn the corresponding heat,

or cool stage to on (1) or off (0). When HeatCoolMode is 0, then cooling loads are

controlled. When HeatCoolMode is 1 and the node is controlling conventional

equipment, then heating loads are controlled. When HeatCoolMode is 1 and the

node is controlling a heat pump, then cooling loads are controlled.

TestHtClStg2

TestHtClStg3

TestHtClStg4

TestAuxHt1

nviManValue

HeatCoolStage2

HeatCoolStage3

HeatCoolStage4

AuxHeatCoolStage1

OFF

X For HeatCoolStage2, refer to HeatCoolStage1.

X For HeatCoolStage3, refer to HeatCoolStage1.

X For HeatCoolStage4. refer to HeatCoolStage1.

OFF

X AuxHeatCoolStage1—During MANUAL mode when the node is configured to

control a heat pump and HeatCoolMode is 1, these parameters turn the

corresponding auxiliary heat stage on (1) or off (0).

TestAuxHt2

TestAuxHt3

TestAuxHt4

TestHtClMode

nviManValue

AuxHeatCoolStage2

AuxHeatCoolStage3

AuxHeatCoolStage4

HeatCoolMode

OFF

X AuxHeatCoolStage2—During MANUAL mode when the node is configured to

control a heat pump and HeatCoolMode is 1, these parameters turn the

corresponding auxiliary heat stage on (1) or off (0).

OFF

X AuxHeatCoolStage3—During MANUAL mode when the node is configured to

control a heat pump and HeatCoolMode is 1, these parameters turn the

corresponding auxiliary heat stage on (1) or off (0).

OFF

X AuxHeatCoolStage4—During MANUAL mode when the node is configured to

control a heat pump and HeatCoolMode is 1, these parameters turn the

corresponding auxiliary heat stage on (1) or off (0).

OFF

X During MANUAL mode, HeatCoolMode determines whether heating or cooling

outputs are turned on or off manually. When HeatCoolMode is 0, then cooling loads

are controlled. When HeatCoolMode is 1 and the node is controlling conventional

equipment, then heating loads are controlled. When HeatCoolMode is 1 and the

node is controlling a heat pump, then cooling loads are controlled by Heat / Cool

stages and heating stages are controlled by auxiliary heat stages. The

CHANGE_OVER_RELAY_OUT is affected by HeatCoolMode as configured in

Select.

NST

NTV

TestSaFan

TestAuxEcon

TestOccStat

TestFree1

nviManValue

FanOut

OFF

X During MANUAL mode, FanOut turns the fan on (1) or off (0).

AuxEconOut

OccStatusOut

Free1Out

OFF

X During MANUAL mode, AuxEconOut turns the AUX_ECON_OUT on(1) or off(0).

OFF

X During MANUAL mode, OccStatusOut turns the OCCUPANCY_STATUS_OUT to

on(1 = not OC_UNOCCUPIED) or off (0).

AHUCO

OFF

X During MANUAL mode, Free1Out turns the FREE1_OUT on(1) or off(0).

TestFree2

Free2Out

OFF

X During MANUAL mode, Free2Out turns the FREE2_OUT on(1) or off(0).

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 28. Data Share Points.

E-Vision Legend: (M) Monitor, (P) Parameter, (S) Schematic

Engineering Units: English

(Metric) or States plus Range

User Address

NvName

Field Name

Default

Comments

DestOaEnth

nviOdEnthS7

4 to 20

SI_INVALID

X nviOdEnth allows one outdoor enthalpy sensor at a node to be shared by many

other nodes. When nviOdEnth is not SI_INVALID then any local sensor is

ignored by the local control algorithm and OdEnth is used instead. If the value is

outside the allowed range (4 to 20 mA), then the node uses the value of the

nearest range limit.

NST

SrcOaEnth

nvoOdEnthS7

nvoMonSw

SI_INVALID

M X

nvoOdEnth allows the local outdoor enthalpy sensor to be shared with other

nodes and is typically bound to OdEnth on other nodes. If the local sensor is

configured by Select, nviOdEnth is periodically sent on the network. If the local

sensor is not configured or currently showing an error, the value is SI_INVALID.

4 to 20

NTV

SrcMonSwCt

value

0 to 100

MonSw value allows the monitor switch to be shared with another node. MonSw

is typically bound to an SBC to indicate a user defined alarm condition. The

output values have the following meanings: If the state is SW_OFF and the

value is 0, then the monitor switch is open. If the state is SW_ON and the value

is 100 percent, then the monitor switch is closed. If the state is SW_NUL and

the value is 0, then the monitor switch is not configured by Select.

MEAHUCO

SrcMonSw

nvoMonSw

nviIaqOvr

state

value

SW_OFF

SW_ON

SW_NUL

For MonSw.state, refer to MonSw.value.

255

0 to 100

IaqOvr allows an indoor air quality sensor to be shared by many other nodes.

The states are follows: If the state is SW_OFF and the value is don’t care, then

the indoor air quality is acceptable. If the state is SW_ON and the value is 0,

then the indoor air quality is acceptable. If the node receives this combination of

state and value, then state is set to SW_OFF. If the state is SW_ON and the

value is not zero, then the indoor air quality is not acceptable and additional

outdoor air is needed to bring it back to acceptable. If the state is SW_NUL and

the value is don’t care, then the indoor air quality is acceptable. If the state is

other, then the network variable is not bound, the communications path from the

sending node has failed, or the sending node has failed. The indoor air quality is

acceptable.

DestIaqOvrd

SrcIaqOvrCt

nviIaqOvr

nvoIaqOvr

state

value

SW_OFF

SW_ON

SW_NUL

M X

X X

X X X For IaqOvr.state, refer to IaqOvr.value.

255

0 to 100

IaqOvr allows an indoor air quality sensor to be shared with other nodes and is

typically bound to IaqOvr on other nodes. If Data2.siSpaceCo2 is not

SI_INVALID, and exceeds Aux1SetPt.CO2IaqLimit, then poor air quality is

detected. In addition, if a local digital input is configured for IAQ_OVERRIDE_IN

and IO.IaqOverRide is 1 (TRUE) then poor air quality is also detected. The state

has the following meanings: If the state is SW_OFF and the value is 0, then the

indoor air quality is acceptable. If the state is SW_ON and the value is 100

percent, then the indoor air quality is not acceptable and additional outdoor air is

needed to bring it back to an acceptable state. If the state is SW_NUL and the

value is 0, then the economizer for this node has not been configured or there is

no sensor (via IO.SpaceDo2 or IO.IaqOverRide) configured or the only

configured sensor (via IO.SpaceCo2) has failed.

SrcIaqOvr

nvoIaqOvr

state

SW_OFF

SW_ON

SW_NUL

M X

For IaqOvr.State, refer to IaqOvr.value.

255

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Approximate Memory Size Estimating Procedure.

Appendix D. Q7750A Excel 10 Zone Manager

Point Estimating Guide.

1. Determine the number of points per controller required

at the Central (for example, XBS).

Memory size approximation is shown below: (all sizes in

bytes)

NOTE: All remaining points that are not mapped can

be accessed through the Direct Access

feature.

When memory size is less than 110,000 bytes, the size is OK.

When memory size is between 110,000 and 128,000 bytes,

the application may be too large. The user must expect to

reduce the application complexity, reduce the number of

attached Excel 10s or distribute the Excel 10s over more than

one Zone Manager.

2. Calculate the number of Excel 10 Zone Manager pro-

gram points that are used in control logic and in the

switching table.

3. Estimate the program complexity of the Zone Manager

(one of three levels).

a. No time programs, control logic, or switching tables.

b. 10K of control logic (one time program, five

switching tables, and five control loops).

c. 20K of control logic (multiple time programs, ten

switching tables, and ten control loops).

Use Fig. 51 to determine the number of Excel 10s that

can be connected to the Zone Manager.

NOTE: More than 60 Excel 10s requires a Router.

4. Repeat for each Q7750A Excel 10 Zone Manager in a

project.

When memory size is greater than 128,000, the size is too

large. The application size must be reduced as described

above.

(A) NO TIME PROGRAM,

NO CONTROL LOOPS,

NO SWITCHING TABLES.

920

900

895

(B) 10K CONTROL PROGRAM

(FOR EXAMPLE,

1 TIME PROGRAM,

5 CONTROL LOOPS,

800

5 SWITCHING TABLES.)

765

NUMBER OF

C-BUS POINTS

(EXCEL 10

MAPPED

NUMBER OF

C-BUS POINTS

(EXCEL 10

MAPPED

POINTS

740

700

POINTS

PLUS ZONE

MANAGER

POINTS)

PLUS ZONE

MANAGER

POINTS)

(I.E., MULTIPLE TIME PROGRAMS,

10 CONTROL LOOPS,

10 SWITCHING TABLES.)

610

600

585

(OR LESS)

(ADD ROUTER)

120

M8729

NUMBER OF EXCEL 10s

Fig. 51. Point capacity estimate for Zone Manager.

The exact equation for calculating memory size follows:

Memory size = 21,780

Excel 10 units =number of attached Excel 10s.

C-Bus points = including mapped points and others; for

example, remote points.

+ 4096 (in case of a time program).

+ CARE Control Program.

Mapped points = number of mapped points per Excel 10,

+ 14 x time points x Excel 10 units.

+ 50 x Excel 10 units.

including One-to-Many and

Many-to-One mechanism.

+ map complexity x Excel 10 units x mapped points.

+ 57 x C-Bus points.

+ 7488 x Excel 10 types.

Excel 10 types = number of different Excel 10 types

(currently three)

Map complexity=

20 =using One-to-Many and not using points

Where:

with read/write.

Time points = number of switch points in time program

per Excel 10.

30 = average.

45 = many points with read/write ability.

109

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Sensor Use:

Return Air, Discharge Air Temperature

Appendix E. Sensor Data for Calibration.

Resistance Sensors.

Table 30 lists the points for Sensor Resistance versus

Temperature. Fig. 53 shows the graph of these points.

Sensor Type:

C7100A, (and C7170A)

Table 30. Sensor Resistance Versus Temperature.

°F

Resistance Ohms

1956.79

1935.79

1914.79

1893.79

1872.79

1851.79

1830.79

1809.79

1788.79

1767.79

1746.79

1725.79

1704.78

1683.78

1662.78

1641.78

1620.78

1599.78

1578.78

Sensor Use:

Discharge air, Outdoor air

Table 29 lists the points for Sensor Resistance versus

Temperature. Fig. 52 shows the graph of these points.

Table 29. Sensor Resistance Versus Temperature.

°F

-40

-30

-20

-10

Resistance Ohms

2916.08

2964.68

3013.28

3061.88

3110.48

3159.08

3207.68

3256.28

3304.88

3353.48

3402.08

3450.68

3499.28

3547.88

3596.48

3645.08

3693.68

100

105

110

115

120

100

110

120

SENSOR RESISTANCE VERSUS TEMPERATURE

2000

1950

1900

1850

1800

1750

1700

1650

1600

1550

1500

SENSOR RESISTANCE VERSUS TEMPERATURE

3750

3700

3650

3600

3550

3500

3450

3400

3350

3300

3250

3200

3150

3100

3050

3000

2950

2900

30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105110 115120

M11614

DEGREES F

Fig. 53. Graph of Sensor Resistance versus Temperature.

Sensor Type:

T7770A,B,C,D the T7560A,B and C7770A

-40 -30 -20 -10

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

M11615

Sensor Use:

DEGREES F

Space Temperature and Discharge/Return Air Temperature

Fig. 52. Graph of Sensor Resistance versus Temperature.

Table 31 lists the points for Sensor Resistance versus

Temperature. Fig. 54 shows the graph of these points.

Sensor Type:

C7031B1033, C7031C1031 C7031D1062, C7031F1018

(W7750B,C only), C7031J1050, C7031K1017

74-2958—1

110

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 31. Sensor Resistance Versus Temperature.

°F Above and Below Setpoint

Resistance Ohms

8651.06

8605.79

8560.52

8515.25

8469.98

8424.71

8379.45

8334.18

8288.91

8243.64

8198.37

8153.10

8107.83

8062.56

°F

100

Resistance Ohms

9961.09

9700.90

9440.72

9180.53

8920.35

8660.16

8399.98

8139.79

7879.61

7619.42

7359.24

7099.06

6838.87

-4

-3

-2

-1

80K

70K

60K

SENSOR RESISTANCE VERSUS TEMPERATURE

8900

8800

8700

8600

8500

8400

8300

50K

40K

30K

20K

20K OHM AT

77^oF (25^oC)

8200

8100

10K

8000

-9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1

TEMPERATURE (DEGREES)

100

110 ^oF

M11609

DEGREES F

^oC

M5874A

Fig. 55. Graph of Sensor Resistance versus Temperature.

Fig. 54. Graph of Sensor Resistance versus Temperature.

Sensor Type:

T7770B,C 10 K ohm setpoint potentiometer (Absolute)

Sensor Type:

T7770B,C 10K ohm setpoint potentiometer (Relative)

Sensor Use:

Direct Setpoint Temperature

Sensor Use:

Offset Setpoint Temperature

Table 33 lists the points for Sensor Resistance versus

Temperature. Fig. 56 shows the graph of these points.

Table 32 lists the points for Sensor Resistance versus

Temperature. Fig. 55 shows the graph of these points.

Table 33. Sensor Resistance Versus Temperature.

Table 32. Sensor Resistance Versus Temperature.

°F

Resistance Ohms

8877.42

°F Above and Below Setpoint

Resistance Ohms

8877.41

8741.62

-9

-8

-7

-6

-5

8605.82

8832.14

8470.02

8786.87

8334.22

8741.60

8198.42

8696.33

8062.62

111

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

SENSOR RESISTANCE VERSUS TEMPERATURE

SENSOR VOLTAGE VERSUS HUMIDITY PERCENTAGE

10.00

9.50

8900

8800

8700

8600

8500

8400

8300

9.00

8.50

8.00

7.50

7.00

6.50

6.00

5.50

5.00

4.50

8200

8100

4.00

3.50

3.00

2.50

8000

10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

M11610

M11608

DEGREES F

PERCENTAGE

Fig. 56. Graph of Sensor Resistance versus Temperature.

Fig. 57. Graph of Sensor Voltage versus Humidity.

Sensor Type:

Voltage/Current Sensors.

C7600C (4 to 20 mA)

Sensor Type:

C7600B1000 2 to 10V (Decorative Wall Mount)

Sensor Use:

Humidity

Sensor Use:

Humidity

Table 35 lists the points for Sensor Voltage versus Humidity.

Fig. 58 shows the graph of these points.

Table 34 lists the points for Sensor Voltage versus Humidity.

Fig. 57 shows the graph of these points.

Table 35. Sensor Voltage Versus Humidity.

Relative Humidity Percentage

Sensor Voltage

Table 34. Sensor Voltage Versus Humidity.

5.6

7.2

Humidity Percentage

Sensor Voltage

2.67

8.8

3.08

10.4

12.0

13.6

15.2

16.8

18.4

3.48

3.88

4.28

4.68

5.08

5.48

5.88

RH (%) I (mA)

6.28

5.6

7.2

8.8

10.4

12.0

13.6

15.2

16.8

18.4

6.69

7.09

7.49

7.89

8.29

8.69

9.09

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

HUMIDITY IN PERCENT RELATIVE HUMIDITY

M3131B

Fig. 58. C7600C output current vs. humidity.

Sensor Type:

T7400A1004

Sensor Use:

Enthalpy

74-2958—1

112

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 36 lists the points for Sensor Current versus Enthalpy

(volts). Fig. 59 shows the graph of these points.

SENSOR CURRENT VERSUS ENTHALPY (VOLTS)

5.00

4.75

4.50

Table 36. Sensor Current Versus Enthalpy (volts).

4.25

4.00

Enthalpy (mA)

Sensor Current

3.75

3.50

3.25

3.00

2.75

2.50

1.25

1.49

1.74

2.25

2.00

1.99

1.75

1.50

1.25

1.00

2.24

2.49

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

M11607

(MA)

2.74

2.99

Fig. 59. Graph of Sensor Current versus Enthalpy (volts).

3.24

See Fig. 60 for partial psychometric chart for a C7400A Solid

State Enthalpy Sensor.

3.49

3.74

3.98

4.23

4.48

4.73

4.98

113

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

95 100 105 110

(29) (32) (35) (38) (41) (43)

CONTROL CONTROL POINT

CURVE

APPROX. °F (°C)

(27)

AT 50% RH

73 (23)

70 (21)

67 (19)

63 (17)

(24)

(21)

(18)

(16)

(13)

(10)

(7)

(4)

(2)

95 100 105 110

(2)

(4) (7) (10) (13) (16) (18) (21) (24) (27) (29) (32) (35) (38) (41) (43)

APPROXIMATE DRY BULB TEMPERATURE—°F (°C)

HIGH LIMIT CURVE FOR W6210D,W7210D.

M11160

Fig. 60. Partial psychometric chart for a C7400A Solid State Enthalpy Sensor.

C7400A OUTPUT CURRENT

100

See Fig. 61 for a C7400A Solid State Enthalpy Sensor output

current vs. relative humidity.

D = 17 MA

C = 15.5 MA

B = 13.5 MA

A = 11 MA

(21)

(4)

(10)

(16)

(27)

(32)

100

(38)

TEMPERATURE °F (°C)

M11605

Fig. 61. C7400A Solid State Enthalpy Sensor output

current vs. relative humidity.

Sensor Type:

T7242 or equivalent

74-2958—1

114

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Sensor Use:

CO₂concentration

Table 38 lists the points for Sensor Voltage versus input

Voltage to A/D. Fig. 63 shows the graph of these points.

Table 37 lists the points for Sensor Voltage versus CO₂

concentration. Fig. 62 shows the graph of these points.

Table 38. Sensor Voltage Versus Input Voltage To A/D.

Voltage to A/D

0.00

Sensor Voltage

0.00

Table 37. Sensor Voltage Versus CO₂Concentration.

0.50

0.25

CO₂Concentration PPM

Sensor Voltage

0.00

1.00

0.50

1.50

0.75

100

0.50

2.00

1.00

200

1.00

2.50

1.25

300

1.50

3.00

1.50

400

2.00

3.50

1.75

500

2.50

4.00

2.00

600

3.00

4.50

2.25

700

3.50

5.00

2.50

800

4.00

5.50

2.75

900

4.50

6.00

3.00

1000

1100

1200

1300

1400

1500

1600

1700

1800

1900

2000

5.00

6.50

3.25

5.50

7.00

3.50

6.00

7.50

3.75

6.50

8.00

4.00

7.00

8.50

4.25

7.50

9.00

4.50

8.00

9.50

4.75

8.50

10.00

5.00

9.00

9.50

SENSOR VOLTAGE VERSUS INPUT VOLTAGE TO A/D

10.00

5.00

4.50

4.00

3.50

3.00

2.50

SENSOR VOLTAGE VERSUS CO2 CONCENTRATION

2.00

1.50

1.00

0.50

600

800

100

200

300

400

500

VOLTS

700

900 1000

M11612

Fig. 63. Graph of Sensor Voltage versus input Voltage to

A/D.

100

200

300

400

500

600

700 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900

800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000

M11611

PPM

Sensor Type:

Third party

Fig. 62. Graph of Sensor Voltage versus CO₂

concentration.

Sensor Use:

Sensor Type:

Third party (2 to 10V)

Sensor Voltage (Vdc) /Pressure (Inw) 2 to 10V, 0 to 5 inw

(1.25 kPa)

Sensor Use:

Monitor voltage

Table 39 lists the points for Sensor Voltage (Vdc) versus

Pressure (Inw). Fig. 64 shows the graph of these points.

115

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

74-2958—1

EXCEL 10 W7750A,B,C CONSTANT VOLUME AHU CONTROLLER

Table 39. Sensor Voltage (Vdc) Versus Pressure (Inw).

SENSOR VOLTAGE VERSUS PRESSURE

Pressure Inw (kPa)

0.00 (0.00)

0.50.(0.13)

1.00 (0.25)

1.50 (0.37)

2.00 (0.5)

Sensor Voltage (Vdc)

10.00

9.00

8.00

7.00

6.00

5.00

4.00

3.00

2.00

2.80

3.60

4.40

5.20

6.00

6.80

7.60

8.40

9.20

10.00

2.50 (0.62)

3.00 (0.75)

3.50 (0.87)

4.00 (1.00)

4.50 (1.12)

5.00 (1.25)

0.50

1.00

1.50 2.00

2.50

INW

3.00

3.50

4.00

4.50

M11606

5.00

Fig. 64. Graph of Sensor Voltage (Vdc) versus Pressure

(Inw).

LON , Neuron , and LONWORKS are registered trademarks

of Echelon Corporation. LONMARK and LONMARK logo are

registered trademarks of the LONMARK Interoperability

Association.

Home and Building Control

Honeywell Inc.

Honeywell Plaza

P.O. Box 524

Minneapolis, MN 55408-0524

Home and Building Control

Home and Building Control Products

Honeywell AG

Böblinger Straße 17

D-71101 Schönaich

Phone (49-7031) 637-01

Fax (49-7031) 637-493

Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée

155 Gordon Baker Road

North York Ontario

M2H 3N7

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled

paper containing at least 10%

post-consumer paper fibers.

74-2958—1 J.D. Rev. 3-00

www.honeywell.com

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Grizzly Sander G5394 User Manual
Harbor Freight Tools Fan 67118 User Manual
Hatteras Hammocks Indoor Furnishings Tri Beam User Manual
Hayter Mowers Lawn Mower 401R User Manual
Heat Glo LifeStyle Indoor Fireplace RED60 2159 900 User Manual
Honeywell Network Router 800 08340V1 User Manual
Hotpoint Refrigerator HTS18ICP User Manual
HP Hewlett Packard Network Card DA 10852 User Manual
Hypertec Carrying Case N12308NHY User Manual
Image Treadmill IMTL396063 User Manual